SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

---

AMENDMENT NO. 3

---

Blackbaud, Inc.

Delaware		7372		11-2617163
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

---

2000 Daniel Island Drive

---

Robert J. Sywolski

---

Copies to:

Donald R. Reynolds, Esq. Kevin A. Prakke, Esq. Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP 4101 Lake Boone Trail, Suite 300 Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 Telephone: (919) 781-4000 Facsimile: (919) 781-4865		Ronald Cami, Esq. Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP 825 Eighth Avenue New York, New York 10019 Telephone: (212) 474-1000 Facsimile: (212) 474-3700

---

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.    o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.    o

---

     The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

---

---

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the SEC is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated                       , 2004

Prospectus

                                                       shares

Common stock

This is the initial public offering of common stock of Blackbaud, Inc. All of the shares of common stock being sold in this offering are being sold by the selling stockholders named in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering. The estimated initial public offering price is between $          and $          per share.

We have indicated to the underwriters an intention to purchase, simultaneously with this underwritten offering and based on the midpoint of the price range shown on the cover of this prospectus,                               shares of our common stock directly from Anthony E. Bakker in a private, non-underwritten transaction at the net per share price to be received by the selling stockholders in this underwritten offering. The repurchase, if consummated, is conditioned on the simultaneous completion of this underwritten offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied for listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol BLKB.

		Per share				Total
Initial public offering price		$				$
Underwriting discounts and commissions		$				$
Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses		$				$

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                     additional shares of common stock.

See “Risk factors” beginning on page 7 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

JPMorgan	Banc of America Securities LLC

---

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC	Wachovia Securities

                      , 2004

---

 

---

 

Table of contents

		Page
Prospectus summary			1
Risk factors			7
Forward-looking statements			23
Use of proceeds			24
Dividend policy			24
Capitalization			25
Dilution			25
Selected consolidated financial data			26
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations			28
Business			49
Management			66
Principal and selling stockholders			75
Certain relationships and related transactions			80
Description of capital stock			82
Shares eligible for future sale			86
U.S. federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of common stock			89
Underwriting			92
Legal matters			95
Experts			95
Where you can find more information			95
Index to consolidated financial statements			F-1

i

---

 

1

---

 

2

---

 

3

---

 

4

---

 

5

---

 

6

---

 

Risk factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before investing in our common stock. Our business, operating results and financial condition could be seriously harmed by any of the following risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, in which case you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks related to our business

The market for software and services for nonprofit organizations might not grow, and nonprofit organizations might not continue to adopt our products and services.

Many nonprofit organizations have not traditionally used integrated and comprehensive software and services for their nonprofit-specific needs. We cannot be certain that the market for such products and services will continue to develop and grow or that nonprofit organizations will elect to adopt our products and services rather than continue to use traditional, less automated methods, attempt to develop software internally, rely upon legacy software systems, or use generalized software solutions not specifically designed for the nonprofit market. Nonprofit organizations that have already invested substantial resources in other fundraising methods or other non-integrated software solutions might be reluctant to adopt our products and services to supplement or replace their existing systems or methods. In addition, the implementation of one or more of our core software products can involve significant time and capital commitments by our customers, which they may be unwilling or unable to make. If demand for and market acceptance of our products and services does not increase, we might not grow our business as we expect.

We might not generate increased business from our current customers, which could limit our revenue in the future.

Our business model is highly dependent on the success of our efforts to increase sales to our existing customers. Many of our customers initially make a purchase of only one or a limited number of our products or only for a single department within their organization. These customers might choose not to expand their use of or make additional purchases of our products and services. If we fail to generate additional business from our current customers, our revenue could grow at a slower rate or even decrease. In addition, as we deploy new applications and features for our existing products or introduce new products and services, our current customers could choose not to purchase these new offerings.

If our customers do not renew their annual maintenance and support agreements for our products or if they do not renew them on terms that are favorable to us, our business might suffer.

Most of our maintenance agreements are for a term of one year. As the end of the annual period approaches, we pursue the renewal of the agreement with the customer. Historically, maintenance renewals have represented a significant portion of our total revenue, including approximately 49% of our total revenue in 2003. Because of this characteristic of our business, if our customers choose not to renew their maintenance and support agreements with us on beneficial terms, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

7

---

 

A substantial majority of our revenue is derived from The Raiser’s Edge and a decline in sales or renewals of this product and related services could harm our business.

We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from the sale of The Raiser’s Edge and related services, and revenue from this product and related services is expected to continue to account for a substantial majority of our total revenue for the foreseeable future. For example, revenue from the sale of The Raiser’s Edge and related services represented approximately 70% of our total revenue in 2003. Because we generally sell licenses to our products on a perpetual basis and deliver new versions and enhancements to customers who purchase annual maintenance and support, our future license, services and maintenance revenue are substantially dependent on sales to new customers. In addition, we frequently sell The Raiser’s Edge to new customers and then attempt to generate incremental revenue from the sale of additional products and services. If demand for The Raiser’s Edge declines significantly, our business would suffer.

Our quarterly financial results fluctuate and might be difficult to forecast and, if our future results are below either any guidance we might issue or the expectations of public market analysts and investors, the price of our common stock might decline.

Our quarterly revenue and results of operations are difficult to forecast. We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, fluctuations in revenue and operating results from quarter to quarter. As a result, we believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue and operating results are not necessarily meaningful and that such comparisons might not be accurate indicators of future performance. The reasons for these fluctuations include but are not limited to:

•	the size and timing of sales of our software, including the relatively long sales cycles associated with many of our large software sales;
•	budget and spending decisions by our customers;
•	market acceptance of new products we release, such as our recently-introduced business intelligence tools;
•	the amount and timing of operating costs related to the expansion of our business, operations and infrastructure;
•	changes in our pricing policies or our competitors’ pricing policies;
•	seasonality in our revenue;
•	general economic conditions; and
•	costs related to acquisitions of technologies or businesses.

Our operating expenses, which include sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses, are based on our expectations of future revenue and are, to a large extent, fixed in the short term. If revenue falls below our expectations in a quarter and we are not able to quickly reduce our operating expenses in response, our operating results for that quarter could be adversely affected. It is possible that in some future quarter our operating results may be below either any guidance we might issue or the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result, the price of our common stock might fall.

8

---

 

We encounter long sales and implementation cycles, particularly for our largest customers, which could have an adverse effect on the size, timing and predictability of our revenue and sales.

Potential customers, particularly our larger enterprise-wide clients, generally commit significant resources to an evaluation of available software and require us to expend substantial time, effort and money educating them as to the value of our software and services. Sales of our core software products to these larger customers often require an extensive education and marketing effort.

We could expend significant funds and management resources during the sales cycle and ultimately fail to close the sale. Our core software product sales cycle averages approximately two months for sales to existing customers and from six to nine months for sales to new customers and large enterprise-wide sales. Our implementation cycle for large enterprise-wide sales can extend for a year or more, which can negatively impact the timing and predictability of our revenue. Our sales cycle for all of our products and services is subject to significant risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including:

•	our customers’ budgetary constraints;
•	the timing of our clients’ budget cycles and approval processes;
•	our clients’ willingness to replace their current methods or software solutions;
•	our need to educate potential customers about the uses and benefits of our products and services; and
•	the timing and expiration of our clients’ current license agreements or outsourcing agreements for similar services.

If we are unsuccessful in closing sales after expending significant funds and management resources or if we experience delays as discussed above, it could have a material adverse effect on the size, timing and predictability of our revenue.

We have recorded a significant deferred tax asset, and we might never realize the full value of our deferred tax asset, which would result in a charge against our earnings.

In connection with the initial acquisition of our common stock by our current stockholders in 1999, we recorded approximately $107 million as a deferred tax asset. Our deferred tax asset was approximately $87 million as of March 31, 2004, or approximately 73% of our total assets as of that date. Realization of our deferred tax asset is dependent upon our generating sufficient taxable income in future years to realize the tax benefit from that asset. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, deferred tax assets are reviewed at least annually for impairment. Impairment would result if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. This impairment could be caused by, among other things, deterioration in performance, loss of key contracts, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of or affect the products sold by our business and a variety of other factors. If an impairment were to occur in a future period, it would be recognized as an expense in our results of operations during the period of impairment. Depending on future circumstances, it is possible that we might never realize the full value of our deferred tax asset. Any future determination of impairment of a significant portion of our deferred tax asset would have an

9

---

 

Nonprofit organizations might not use the Internet to facilitate their fundraising and organizational efforts in a manner sufficient to allow us to make a profit or even recapture our investment in this area. In addition, even if they increasingly use the Internet for these purposes, if we fail to capitalize on this opportunity, we could lose market share.

The market for online fundraising solutions for nonprofit organizations is new and emerging. Nonprofit organizations have not traditionally used the Internet or web-enabled software solutions for fundraising. We cannot be certain that the market will continue to develop and grow or that nonprofit organizations will elect to use any of our web-enabled products rather than continue to use traditional offline methods, attempt to develop software solutions internally or use standardized software solutions not designed for the specific needs of nonprofits. Nonprofit organizations that have already invested substantial resources in other fundraising methods may be reluctant to use the Internet to supplement their existing systems or methods. In addition, increasing concerns about fraud, privacy, reliability and other problems might cause nonprofit organizations not to adopt the Internet as a method for fundraising. If demand for and market acceptance of Internet-based products for nonprofits does not occur, we might not recapture our investment in this area or grow our business as we expect. On the other hand, even if nonprofits increasingly use the Internet for their fundraising and organizational efforts, if we fail to develop and offer products that meet customer needs in this area, we could lose market share.

Our failure to compete successfully could cause our revenue or market share to decline.

Our market is fragmented, competitive and rapidly evolving, and there are limited barriers to entry for some aspects of this market. We mainly face competition from four sources:

•	software developers offering integrated specialized products designed to address specific needs of nonprofit organizations;
•	providers of traditional, less automated fundraising services, such as services that support traditional direct mail campaigns, special events fundraising, telemarketing and personal solicitations;
•	custom-developed products created either internally or outsourced to custom service providers; and
•	software developers offering general products not designed to address specific needs of nonprofit organizations.

The companies we compete with, and other potential competitors, may have greater financial, technical and marketing resources and generate greater revenue and better name recognition than we do. If one or more of our competitors or potential competitors were to merge or partner with one of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. For example, a large diversified software enterprise, such as Microsoft, Oracle or PeopleSoft, could decide to enter the market directly, including through acquisitions.

Additionally, Sage and Intuit have recently made acquisitions and product development efforts in the nonprofit market. Our competitors might also establish or strengthen cooperative

10

---

 

We might not be able to manage our future growth efficiently or profitably.

We have experienced significant growth since our inception, and we anticipate that continued expansion will be required to address potential market opportunities. For example, we will need to expand the size of our sales and marketing, product development and general and administrative staff and operations, as well as our financial and accounting controls. There can be no assurance that our infrastructure will be sufficiently scalable to manage our projected growth. For example, our anticipated growth will result in a significant increase in demands on our maintenance and support services professionals to continue to provide the high level of quality service that our customers have come to expect. If we are unable to sufficiently address these additional demands on our resources, our profitability and growth might suffer. Also, if we continue to expand our operations, management might not be effective in expanding our physical facilities and our systems, procedures or controls might not be adequate to support such expansion. Our inability to manage our growth could harm our business.

Because competition for highly qualified personnel is intense, we might not be able to attract and retain the employees we need to support our planned growth.

To execute our continuing growth plans, we need to increase the size and maintain the quality of our sales force, software development staff and our professional services organization. To meet our objectives successfully, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel with specialized skill sets focused on the nonprofit industry. Competition for qualified personnel can be intense, and we might not be successful in attracting and retaining them. The pool of qualified personnel with experience working with or selling to nonprofit organizations is limited overall and specifically in Charleston, South Carolina, where our principal office is located. Our ability to maintain and expand our sales, product development and professional services teams will depend on our ability to recruit, train and retain top quality people with advanced skills who understand sales to, and the specific needs of, nonprofit organizations. For these reasons, we have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications for our business. In addition, it takes time for our new sales and services personnel to become productive, particularly with respect to obtaining and supporting major customer accounts. In particular, we plan to increase the number of services personnel to attempt to meet the needs of our customers and potential new customers. In addition to hiring services personnel, to meet our needs, we might also engage additional third-party consultants as contractors, which could have a negative impact on our earnings. If we are unable to hire or retain qualified personnel, or if newly hired personnel fail to develop the necessary skills or reach productivity slower than anticipated, it would be more difficult for us to sell our products and services, and we could experience a shortfall in revenue or earnings, and not achieve our planned growth.

11

---

 

Our services revenue produces substantially lower gross margins than our license revenue, and an increase in services revenue relative to license revenue would harm our overall gross margins.

Our services revenue, which includes fees for consulting, implementation, training, data and technical services and analytics, was approximately 30% of our revenue for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2004, 29% of our revenue for 2003 and approximately 25% of our revenue for 2002. Our services revenue has substantially lower gross margins than our product license revenue. An increase in the percentage of total revenue represented by services revenue would adversely affect our overall gross margins.

Services revenue as a percentage of total revenue has varied significantly from quarter to quarter due to fluctuations in licensing revenue, economic changes, changes in the average selling prices for our products and services, our customers’ acceptance of our products and our sales force execution. In addition, the volume and profitability of services can depend in large part upon:

•	competitive pricing pressure on the rates that we can charge for our services;
•	the complexity of the customers’ information technology environment and the existence of multiple non-integrated legacy databases;
•	the resources directed by customers to their implementation projects; and
•	the extent to which outside consulting organizations provide services directly to customers.

Any erosion of our margins for our services revenue or any adverse changes in the mix of our license versus service revenue would adversely affect our operating results.

Failure to adapt to technological change and to achieve broad adoption and acceptance of our new products and services could adversely affect our earnings.

If we fail to keep pace with technological change in our industry, such failure would have an adverse effect on our revenue and earnings. We operate in a highly competitive industry characterized by evolving technologies and industry standards, changes in customer requirements and frequent new product introductions and enhancements. During the past several years, many new technological advancements and competing products have entered the marketplace. Our ability to compete effectively and our growth prospects depend upon many factors, including the success of our existing software products and services to address the changing needs of our customers, the timely introduction and success of future software products and services and releases and the ability of our products to perform well with existing and future technologies, including databases, applications, operating systems and other platforms. We have made significant investments in research and development and our growth plans are premised in part on generating substantial revenue from new product introductions. New product introductions involve significant risks. For example, delays in new product introductions, such as our new version of The Education Edge expected in mid-2004, or less-than-anticipated market acceptance of our new products are possible and would have an adverse effect on our revenue and earnings. We cannot be certain that our new products or future enhancements to existing products will meet customer performance needs or expectations when shipped or that they will be free of significant software defects or bugs. If they do not meet customer needs or expectations, for whatever reason, upgrading or enhancing these products could be costly and time consuming. In addition, the selling price of software products tends to decline significantly over the life of the product. If we are unable to offset

12

---

 

If our products fail to perform properly due to undetected errors or similar problems, our business could suffer.

Complex software such as ours often contains undetected errors or bugs. Such errors are frequently found after introduction of new software or enhancements to existing software. We continually introduce new products and new versions of our products. If we detect any errors before we ship a product, we might have to delay product shipment for an extended period of time while we address the problem. We might not discover software errors that affect our new or current products or enhancements until after they are deployed, and we may need to provide enhancements to correct such errors. Therefore, it is possible that, despite testing by us, errors may occur in our software. These errors could result in:

•	harm to our reputation;
•	lost sales;
•	delays in commercial release;
•	product liability claims;
•	delays in or loss of market acceptance of our products;
•	license terminations or renegotiations; and
•	unexpected expenses and diversion of resources to remedy errors.

Furthermore, our customers may use our software together with products from other companies. As a result, when problems occur, it might be difficult to identify the source of the problem. Even when our software does not cause these problems, the existence of these errors might cause us to incur significant costs, divert the attention of our technical personnel from our product development efforts, impact our reputation and cause significant customer relations problems.

Our failure to integrate third-party technologies could harm our business.

We intend to continue licensing technologies from third parties, including applications used in our research and development activities and technologies which are integrated into our products. These technologies might not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Our inability to obtain any of these licenses could delay product development until equivalent technology can be identified, licensed and integrated. This inability in turn would harm our business and operating results. Our use of third-party technologies exposes us to increased risks, including, but not limited to, risks associated with the integration of new technology into our products, the diversion of our resources from development of our own proprietary technology and our inability to generate revenue from licensed technology sufficient to offset associated acquisition and maintenance costs.

If the security of our software, in particular our hosted Internet solutions products, is breached, our business and reputation could suffer.

Fundamental to the use of our products is the secure collection, storage and transmission of confidential donor and end user information. Third parties may attempt to breach our security or that of our customers and their databases. We might be liable to our customers for any breach in such security, and any breach could harm our customers, our business and our

13

---

 

If we are unable to detect and prevent unauthorized use of credit cards and bank account numbers and safeguard confidential donor data, we could be subject to financial liability, our reputation could be harmed and customers may be reluctant to use our products and services.

We rely on third-party and internally-developed encryption and authentication technology to provide secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet, including customer credit card and bank account numbers, and protect confidential donor data. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other events or developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology we use to protect sensitive transaction data. If any such compromise of our security, or the security of our customers, were to occur, it could result in misappropriation of proprietary information or interruptions in operations and have an adverse impact on our reputation or the reputation of our customers. If we are unable to detect and prevent unauthorized use of credit cards and bank account numbers or protect confidential donor data, our business could suffer.

We currently do not have any issued patents, but we rely upon trademark, copyright, patent and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary rights, which might not provide us with adequate protection.

Our success and ability to compete depend to a significant degree upon the protection of our software and other proprietary technology rights. We might not be successful in protecting our proprietary technology, and our proprietary rights might not provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage. To protect our proprietary technology, we rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as nondisclosure agreements, each of which affords only limited protection. We currently do not have patents issued for any of our proprietary technology and we only recently filed patent applications relating to a number of our products. Moreover, we have no patent protection for The Raiser’s Edge, which is one of our core products. Any inability to protect our intellectual property rights could seriously harm our business, operating results and financial condition. It is possible that:

•	our pending patent applications may not result in the issuance of patents;
•	any patents issued to us may not be timely or broad enough to protect our proprietary rights;
•	any issued patent could be successfully challenged by one or more third parties, which could result in our loss of the right to prevent others from exploiting the inventions claimed in those patents; and
•	current and future competitors may independently develop similar technologies, duplicate our products or design around any of our patents.

In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights in our products to the same extent as do the laws of the United States. Despite the measures taken

14

---

 

If we do not successfully address the risks inherent in the expansion of our international operations, our business could suffer.

We currently have operations in the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia, and we intend to expand further into international markets. We have limited experience in international operations and may not be able to compete effectively in international markets. In 2003, our international offices generated revenues of approximately $10.7 million, an increase of 78% over international revenue of $6.0 million for 2002. Expansion of our international operations will require a significant amount of attention from our management and substantial financial resources and may require us to add qualified management in these markets. Our direct sales model requires us to attract, retain and manage qualified sales personnel capable of selling into markets outside the United States. In some cases, our costs of sales might increase if our customers require us to sell through local distributors. If we are unable to grow our international operations in a cost effective and timely manner, our business and operating results could be harmed. Doing business internationally involves additional risks that could harm our operating results, including:

•	difficulties and costs of staffing and managing international operations;
•	differing technology standards;
•	difficulties in collecting accounts receivable and longer collection periods;
•	political and economic instability;
•	fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
•	imposition of currency exchange controls;
•	potentially adverse tax consequences;
•	reduced protection for intellectual property rights in certain countries;
•	dependence on local vendors;
•	protectionist laws and business practices that favor local competition;
•	compliance with multiple conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations;
•	seasonal reductions in business activity specific to certain markets;
•	longer sales cycles;
•	restrictions on repatriation of earnings;
•	differing labor regulations;
•	restrictive privacy regulations in different countries, particularly in the European Union;
•	restrictions on the export of technologies such as data security and encryption; and
•	import and export restrictions and tariffs.

Future acquisitions could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value and strain our resources.

We intend to acquire companies, services and technologies that we feel could complement or expand our business, augment our market coverage, enhance our technical capabilities, provide

15

---

 

•	difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, services, accounting and personnel;
•	difficulties in supporting and transitioning customers of our acquired companies;
•	diversion of financial and management resources from existing operations;
•	risks of entering new sectors of the nonprofit industry;
•	potential loss of key employees; and
•	inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset acquisition or investment costs.

Acquisitions also frequently result in recording of goodwill and other intangible assets, which are subject to potential impairments in the future that could harm our operating results. In addition, if we finance acquisitions by issuing equity securities or securities convertible into equity securities, our existing stockholders would be diluted, which, in turn, could affect the market price of our stock. Moreover, we could finance any acquisition with debt, resulting in higher leverage and interest costs. As a result, if we fail to evaluate and execute acquisitions or investments properly, we might not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisition, and we may incur costs in excess of what we anticipate.

Claims that we infringe upon third parties’ intellectual property rights could be costly to defend or settle.

Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the software industry. We expect that software products and services may be increasingly subject to third-party infringement claims as the number of competitors in our industry segment grows and the functionality of products in different industry segments overlaps. We may from time to time encounter disputes over rights and obligations concerning intellectual property. Although we believe that our intellectual property rights are sufficient to allow us to market our software without incurring liability to third parties, third parties may bring claims of infringement against us. Such claims may be with or without merit. Any litigation to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources. Furthermore, a party making such a claim could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from selling our software. Our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed if any of these events occurred.

In addition, we have agreed, and will likely agree in the future, to indemnify certain of our customers against certain claims that our software infringes upon the intellectual property rights of others. We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves and our customers against infringement claims. In the event of a claim of infringement, we and our customers might be required to obtain one or more licenses from third parties. We, or our customers, might be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost, if at all. Defense of any lawsuit or failure to obtain any such required licenses could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we become subject to product or general liability or errors and omissions claims, they could be time-consuming and costly.

Errors, defects or other performance problems in our software, as well as the negligence or misconduct of our consultants, could result in financial or other damages to our customers. They could seek damages from us for losses associated with these errors, defects or other

16

---

 

If we were found subject to or in violation of any laws or regulations governing privacy or electronic fund transfers, we could be subject to liability or forced to change our business practices.

It is possible that the payment processing component of our web-based software is subject to various governmental regulations. Pending legislation at the state and federal levels could also restrict further our information gathering and disclosure practices. Existing and potential future privacy laws might limit our ability to develop new products and services that make use of data we gather from various sources. For example, our custom modeling and analytical services, including ProspectPoint and WealthPoint, rely heavily on securing and making use of data we gather from various sources and privacy laws could jeopardize our ability to market and profit from those services. The provisions of these laws and related regulations are complicated, and we do not have extensive experience with these laws and related regulations. Even technical violations of these laws can result in penalties that are assessed for each non-compliant transaction. In addition, we might be subject to the privacy provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 and the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and related regulations. If we or our customers were found to be subject to and in violation of any of these laws or other privacy laws or regulations, our business would suffer and we and/or our customers would likely have to change our business practices. In addition, these laws and regulations could impose significant costs on us and our customers and make it more difficult for donors to make online donations.

Increasing government regulation could affect our business.

We are subject not only to regulations applicable to businesses generally but also to laws and regulations directly applicable to electronic commerce. Although there are currently few such laws and regulations, state, Federal and foreign governments may adopt laws and regulations applicable to our business. Any such legislation or regulation could dampen the growth of the Internet and decrease its acceptance. If such a decline occurs, companies may decide in the future not to use our products and services. Any new laws or regulations in the following areas could affect our business:

•	user privacy;
•	the pricing and taxation of goods and services offered over the Internet:
•	the content of websites;
•	copyrights;
•	consumer protection, including the potential application of “do not call” registry requirements on our customers and consumer backlash in general to direct marketing efforts of our customers;

17

---

 

•	the online distribution of specific material or content over the Internet; and
•	the characteristics and quality of products and services offered over the Internet.

Our operations might be affected by the occurrence of a natural disaster or other catastrophic event in Charleston, South Carolina.

We depend on our principal executive offices and other facilities in Charleston, South Carolina for the continued operation of our business. Although we have contingency plans in effect for natural disasters or other catastrophic events, these events, including terrorist attacks and natural disasters such as hurricanes, which historically have struck the Charleston area with some regularity, could disrupt our operations. Even though we carry business interruption insurance policies and typically have provisions in our contracts that protect us in certain events, we might suffer losses as a result of business interruptions that exceed the coverage available under our insurance policies or for which we do not have coverage. Any natural disaster or catastrophic event affecting us could have a significant negative impact on our operations.

Outstanding employee stock options subject to variable accounting and recent proposed changes to accounting standards could cause us to record significant compensation expense and could significantly reduce our earnings in future periods.

Options to purchase approximately 10.5 million shares under two of our stock option plans are subject to variable accounting treatment, and we anticipate that options to purchase approximately 5.6 million shares will continue to be subject to variable accounting treatment after the offering. Accordingly, we expect to record significant compensation expense at the end of future periods, particularly if our stock price increases significantly. For example, we recorded compensation expense attributable to these options of $27.5 million in 2003 and $1.0 million in the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2004. This compensation expense could significantly reduce our earnings in future periods, which could cause our stock price to fall and, as a result, you could lose some or all of your investment. See our discussion of “Stock option compensation” in “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations — Critical accounting policies and estimates”. In addition, under a proposal issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on March 31, 2004, we might, if such proposal is adopted, be required to record the fair market value of future stock options issued under our stock option plans as compensation expense in our consolidated financial statements, which would reduce our net income and earnings per share.

The requirements of being a public company might strain our resources and distract management.

As a public company, we will be subject to a number of additional requirements, including the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and new Nasdaq rules promulgated in response to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These requirements might place a strain on our systems and resources. The Securities Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls for financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, our management’s attention might be diverted

18

---

 

Risks related to this offering

We cannot assure you that a market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be.

Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that one will develop or be sustained after this offering. If a market does not develop or is not sustained, it might be difficult for you to sell your shares of common stock at an attractive price or at all. We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through our and our selling stockholders’ negotiations with the underwriters and might not bear any relationship to the market price at which it will trade after this offering or to any other established criteria of the value of our business. In future quarters our operating results might be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our common stock might decline.

The price of our common stock might be volatile.

In the three years prior to 2003, technology stocks listed on The Nasdaq National Market experienced high levels of volatility and significant declines in value from their historic highs. The trading price of our common stock following this offering might fluctuate substantially. The price of the common stock that will prevail in the market after this offering might be higher or lower than the price you pay, depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and might not be related to our operating performance. The fluctuations could cause you to lose part or all of your investment in our shares of common stock. Those factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include the following:

•	price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;
•	significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of software and technology companies;
•	actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our operating results or in the expectations of securities analysts;
•	economic conditions and trends in general and in the nonprofit industry;
•	major catastrophic events, including terrorist activities, which could reduce or divert funding to, and technology spending by, our core nonprofit customer base;
•	changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our customers;
•	changes in the estimation of the future size and growth of our market; or
•	departures of key personnel.

19

---

 

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Due to the potential volatility of our stock price, we might be the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Insiders will continue to hold a [majority/significant minority] of our stock after this offering and could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control, which could adversely affect the market price of our stock.

Upon completion of this offering and our proposed simultaneous repurchase of            shares of our common stock from Anthony E. Bakker, our largest stockholder, Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P. and its affiliates, will beneficially own approximately      % of our common stock, or           % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. In addition, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own or control approximately           % of our common stock, or           % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. As a result, Hellman & Friedman will have the ability to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and the approval of any merger, consolidation or sales of all or substantially all of our assets. These stockholders might make decisions that are adverse to your interests. In addition, Hellman & Friedman and certain of its transferees will not be governed by Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. See “Description of capital stock—Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws—Delaware anti-takeover law” for a discussion of Section 203. This fact might make it easier for Hellman & Friedman or its transferees to acquire your shares at a lower price than would otherwise be the case. This provision and the concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change of control of our company, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our company and might ultimately affect the market price of our common stock.

Future sales of our common stock might depress our stock price.

As of the date of this prospectus and after giving effect to our proposed repurchase, simultaneous with this offering, of            shares of our common stock from Anthony E. Bakker, we have 68,014,571 shares of common stock outstanding. The                      shares sold by the selling stockholders in this offering, or                      shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under federal securities laws unless purchased by our affiliates. The remaining                      shares of common stock outstanding will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Number of shares		Date of availability for sale
		On the date of this prospectus
		180 days after the date of this prospectus

The remaining                      shares held by existing stockholders will become eligible for sale at various times on or before                          .

The above table assumes the effectiveness of the lock-up agreements under which we, our executive officers and directors and our selling stockholders have agreed that, during the period beginning from the date of this prospectus and continuing to and including the date

20

---

 

If our common stockholders sell substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or if the market perceives that these sales may occur, the market price of our common stock might decline. In addition, as soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering                      shares of common stock issuable under our stock plans. Accordingly, shares registered under that registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, subject to the contractual lock-up agreements described above that prohibit the sale or other disposition of the shares of common stock underlying the options for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of the common stock being sold by the selling stockholders in this offering and to us in the proposed simultaneous repurchase is considerably more than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, we and investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds, on a per share basis, the value of our assets after subtracting liabilities. Investors will suffer additional dilution to the extent outstanding stock options are exercised and to the extent we issue any restricted stock to our employees under our equity incentive plans. For more information on dilution, see “Dilution”.

We might need to raise capital, which might not be available.

We intend to use up to $10.0 million of our cash, if available, to repurchase shares from Anthony E. Bakker simultaneously with this offering, and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders in this offering. Accordingly, the proceeds from this offering will not be available to us to finance our operations, capital expenditures or investment activities. We might need to raise funds to meet these or other needs, and we might not be able to obtain such financing on favorable terms, if at all. If we need capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we might not be able to:

•	develop enhancements and additional features for our products;
•	develop new products and services;
•	hire, train and retain employees;
•	enhance our infrastructure;
•	respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated requirements;
•	pursue international expansion;
•	pursue acquisition opportunities; or
•	continue to fund our operations.

If any of the foregoing consequences occur, our stock price might fall and you might lose some or all of your investment.

21

---

 

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue new series of preferred stock that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, which could adversely affect the value of your shares.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is authorized to issue from time to time, without further stockholder approval, up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix or alter the designations, preferences, rights and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each series, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, rights of redemption, including sinking fund provisions, redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or designations of any series. Such shares of preferred stock could have preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation rights. We may issue additional preferred stock in ways that might delay, defer or prevent a change of control of our company without further action by our stockholders. Such shares of preferred stock may be issued with voting rights that may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common stock by increasing the number of outstanding shares having voting rights, and by the creation of class or series voting rights.

Anti-takeover provisions under our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control and could also limit the market price of our stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that, effective from and after the date of this offering, could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable, including the following:

•	our board of directors will be classified into three classes, each of which will serve for staggered three year terms; and
•	we will require advance notice for stockholder proposals, including nominations for the election of directors.

In addition, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, which can prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, although our certificate of incorporation excludes Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P. and its affiliates and transferees from the application of these anti-takeover provisions. These and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirors to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors, including delaying or impeding a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest or other change of control transaction involving our company. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could prevent the consummation of a transaction in which our stockholders could receive a substantial premium over the then current market price for their shares.

22

---

 

Forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and “Business.” In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “project,” “predict,” “intend,” “potential” or the negative of such terms or other similar expressions.

The forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations and views about future events and speak only as of the date the statements were made. The forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Given these risks and uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results might be materially different from what we expect. We might not update the forward-looking statements, even though our situation might change in the future, unless we have obligations under U.S. federal securities laws to update and disclose material developments related to previously disclosed information. We qualify all of the forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. Offers to sell, and offers to buy, shares of our common stock are being made only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to those jurisdictions.

“Blackbaud” and “The Raiser’s Edge” are registered trademarks of Blackbaud, Inc. This prospectus also includes references to registered service marks and trademarks of other entities.

23

---

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the common stock by the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders will receive all net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering.

Dividend policy

Although we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock since becoming a C corporation in October 1999, we might elect to do so in the future. Any such determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on the amount of any outstanding indebtedness, our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, certain debt agreements to which we are a party contain financial covenants that could have the effect of restricting or prohibiting the payment of cash dividends.

24

---

 

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2004:

•	on an actual basis; and
•	on an as adjusted basis to give effect to our proposed simultaneous repurchase of                      shares of our common stock from Anthony E. Bakker. We have no obligation to repurchase any of these shares.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
(in thousands)			Actual				As adjusted
Cash and cash equivalents			$	6,085			$
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, excluding current portion				7
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock				41,728
Deferred stock compensation				(3,799	)
Accumulated other comprehensive income				351
Retained earnings				26,519
	Total stockholders’ equity			64,799
Total capitalization			$	64,806			$

Dilution

The net tangible book value per share of our common stock, after giving effect to our proposed repurchase of                 shares of common stock from Anthony E. Bakker simultaneously with the offering, will be substantially below the initial public offering price. You will therefore incur immediate and substantial dilution of $            per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share. As a result, if we are liquidated, you may not receive the full value of your investment.

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share of our common stock that you pay in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately afterwards. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents (1) the total pro forma net tangible assets after giving effect to the proposed repurchase, divided by (2) the pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding after giving effect to the proposed repurchase.

After giving effect to the proposed repurchase, our pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 2004 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share. This amount represents an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $                   per share to you. The following table illustrates this dilution per share:

Assumed initial public offering price per share		$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2004		$
Dilution per share to you		$

As of March 31, 2004, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 15,235,215 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $3.08 per share. To the extent outstanding options are exercised, you would experience further dilution.

25

---

 

Selected consolidated financial data

You should read the selected consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1998 were audited by other auditors. The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 1999 were audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, which has since ceased operations. We derived the financial data as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

																												Three months
				Year ended December 31,																								ended March 31,
(in thousands, except per share data)				1998(2)(3)				1999(2)(3)				2000(3)				2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
Consolidated statements of operations data:																												(unaudited)
Revenue
	License fees			$	29,408			$	37,938			$	24,471			$	19,300			$	20,572			$	21,339			$	4,504			$	5,077
	Services				10,716				17,309				14,266				18,797				26,739				34,042				7,744				9,545
	Maintenance and subscriptions				22,446				29,680				39,042				47,022				52,788				58,360				14,099				15,779
	Other revenue				3,062				7,550				5,838				4,915				5,130				4,352				962				954
		Total revenue			65,632				92,477				83,617				90,034				105,229				118,093				27,309				31,355
Cost of revenue
	Cost of license fees				709				989				1,284				1,726				2,547				2,819				567				729
	Cost of services(1)				4,339				5,534				7,028				10,253				14,234				21,006				4,911				5,378
	Cost of maintenance and subscriptions(1)				11,443				15,246				15,120				11,733				10,588				11,837				2,835				2,660
	Cost of other revenue				1,559				2,160				1,972				2,750				3,611				3,712				805				860
		Total cost of revenue			18,050				23,929				25,404				26,462				30,980				39,374				9,118				9,627
Gross profit					47,582				68,548				58,213				63,572				74,249				78,719				18,191				21,728
	Sales and marketing				11,337				13,719				12,326				15,173				19,173				21,883				5,062				6,360
	Research and development				9,604				13,923				13,912				14,755				14,385				15,516				3,620				4,276
	General and administrative				8,938				12,833				10,390				9,031				10,631				11,085				2,823				2,851
	Amortization				2,574				2,510				2,200				2,239				1,045				848				48				32
	Cost of initial public offering				—				—				—				—				—				—				—				950
	Stock option compensation				—				—				—				—				—				23,691				5,446				667
		Total operating expenses			32,453				42,985				38,828				41,198				45,234				73,023				16,999				15,136
Income from operations					15,129				25,563				19,385				22,374				29,015				5,696				1,192				6,592
	Interest income				1,032				716				241				96				138				97				26				25
	Interest expense				(638	)			(2,752	)			(11,265	)			(7,963	)			(4,410	)			(2,559	)			(863	)			(213	)
	Other income (expense), net				6,310				(79	)			(185	)			(113	)			63				235				15				349
Income before provision for income taxes					21,833				23,448				8,176				14,394				24,806				3,469				370				6,753
	Income tax provision (benefit)				158				(1,456	)			3,080				5,488				9,166				3,947				421				2,756
Net income (loss)				$	21,675			$	24,904			$	5,096			$	8,906			$	15,640			$	(478	)		$	(51	)		$	3,997
Earnings (loss) per share
	Basic			$	—			$	—			$	0.08			$	0.13			$	0.23			$	(0.01	)		$	(0.00	)		$	0.06
	Diluted			$	—			$	—			$	0.08			$	0.13			$	0.23			$	(0.01	)		$	(0.00	)		$	0.05
Common shares and equivalents outstanding
	Basic weighted average shares				N/A				N/A				64,443				66,389				67,777				67,833				67,777				67,858
	Diluted weighted average shares				N/A				N/A				64,443				66,389				67,777				67,833				67,777				73,823
Summary of stock option compensation:
	Cost of services			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	3,342			$	622			$	294
	Cost of maintenance and subscriptions				—																				505				93				37
		Total cost of revenue			—				—				—				—				—				3,847				715				331
	Sales and marketing				—				—				—				—				—				1,817				336				254
	Research and development				—				—				—				—				—				2,341				456				174
	General and administrative				—				—				—				—				—				19,533				4,654				239
		Total operating expenses			—				—				—				—				—				23,691				5,446				667
		Total stock option compensation		$	—			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	27,538			$	6,161			$	998

(1)	Includes stock option compensation as set forth in Summary of stock option compensation.
(2)	Earnings per share not computed for this year because we were an S corporation until our recapitalization in October 1999 and therefore the information would not be meaningful.
(3)	Certain amounts in the 1998, 1999 and 2000 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2003 financial statement presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on previously reported net income (loss), shareholders’ equity or net income (loss) per share.

26

---

 

																						March
		December 31,																				31,
(in thousands)		1999				2000				2001				2002				2003				2004
																						(unaudited)
Consolidated balance sheet data:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	4,558			$	1,707			$	8,744			$	18,703			$	6,708			$	6,085
Deferred tax asset			108,521				105,441				99,953				90,943				88,765				86,725
Working capital			(25,935	)			(33,478	)			(27,294	)			(21,111	)			(30,326	)			(28,442	)
Total assets			142,630				136,590				132,079				132,907				120,966				118,242
Deferred revenue			20,915				30,699				33,946				39,047				43,673				43,765
Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, excluding current portion			102,500				85,952				65,481				45,186				5,044				7
Total liabilities			148,473				137,410				113,742				99,400				61,108				53,443
Common stock			—				740				10,740				10,740				41,613				41,728
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity		$	(5,843	)		$	(821	)		$	18,337			$	33,507			$	59,858			$	64,799

27

---

 

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected financial data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. These statements reflect our current view with respect to future events and financial performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those discussed in “Risk factors”. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results might vary materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are the leading global provider of software and related services designed specifically for nonprofit organizations. Our products and services enable nonprofit organizations to increase donations, reduce fundraising costs, improve communications with constituents, manage their finances and optimize internal operations. We have focused solely on the nonprofit market since our incorporation in 1982 and have developed our suite of products and services based upon our extensive knowledge of the operating challenges facing nonprofit organizations. In 2003, we had over 12,500 customers, over 11,900 of which pay us annual maintenance and support fees. Our customers operate in multiple verticals within the nonprofit market including religion, education, foundations, health and human services, arts and cultural, public and societal benefits, environment and animal welfare, and international foreign affairs.

We derive revenue from licensing software products and providing a broad offering of services, including consulting, training, installation, implementation, and donor prospect research and modeling services, as well as ongoing customer support and maintenance. Consulting, training and implementation are generally not essential to the functionality of our software products and are sold separately. Accordingly, we recognize revenue from these services separately from license fees.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. The most significant estimates and assumptions relate to our allowance for sales returns and doubtful accounts, impairment of long-lived assets and realization of deferred tax assets. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. On an ongoing basis, we reconsider and evaluate our estimates and assumptions. We are not aware of any circumstances in the past which have caused these estimates and assumptions to be materially wrong. Furthermore, we are not currently aware of any material changes in our business that might cause these assumptions or estimates to differ significantly. In our discussion below of deferred taxes, the most significant asset subject to

28

---

 

The notes to the consolidated financial statements contained herein describe our significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe the critical accounting policies listed below affect significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with the provisions of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position, or SOP, 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition”, as amended by SOP 98-4 and SOP 98-9, as well as Technical Practice Aids issued from time to time by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”.

We recognize revenue from the sale of software licenses when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been delivered, title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the resulting receivable is probable. Delivery occurs when the product is delivered. In any sales transaction through a reseller, we ship the product directly to the end user and recognize revenue when the product is delivered. Inherent in our revenue recognition policy are estimates about the probability of collection of the resulting receivable. Historically, our actual results have not varied significantly from our estimates.

Sales returns and allowance for doubtful accounts

We provide customers a 30-day right of return and maintain a reserve for returns. We estimate the amount of this reserve based on historical experience. Provisions for sales returns are charged against the related revenue items.

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts at an amount we estimate to be sufficient to provide adequate protection against losses resulting from extending credit to our customers. In judging the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we consider multiple factors including historical bad debt experience, the general economic environment, the need for specific customer reserves and the aging of our receivables. Any necessary provision is reflected in general and administrative expense. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing these factors and if any receivables were to deteriorate an additional provision for doubtful accounts could be required.

Deferred sales commission costs

Upon contract signing, we pay commissions to our sales representatives based on their sale of both software and services arrangements, other than training. Since the revenue associated with a portion of the commission that was paid has not yet been recognized as revenue, we treat that portion of the sales commission as deferred sales commission costs until the related revenue is recognized.

Valuation of long-lived and intangible assets and goodwill

We review identifiable intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment annually or sooner if events change or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

29

---

 

Stock option compensation

We account for stock option compensation under the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion, or APB, No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”. Under this pronouncement, there is generally no cost associated with options that are granted with an exercise price equal to or above the fair value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as estimated by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our stock, our board of directors estimated fair value of our common stock by considering a number of factors, including our operating performance, significant events in our history, trends in the broad market for technology stocks and the expected valuation we would obtain in an initial public offering. Grants under two of our option plans, covering approximately 10.5 million shares, contain provisions that result in them being treated as variable awards under APB 25. The effect of this accounting is that an amount equal to the difference between the exercise price of the options and the estimated current fair value is charged to deferred compensation and amortized as an expense over the related vesting periods of the grants using the accelerated method outlined in Statement of Financial Interpretations, or FIN 28, “Accounting for Stock Appreciation Rights and Other Variable Stock Option or Awards Plans”. Under variable award accounting, the affected option grants continue to be marked to market until such time as the amount of related compensation is deemed fixed. As such, options for approximately 4.9 million shares would no longer be accounted for as variable awards upon the occurrence of an initial public offering. The option for the remaining 5.6 million shares, which is held by our Chief Executive Officer, will continue to be accounted for as a variable

30

---

 

														Three months
		Year ended December 31,												ended March 31,
(in thousands)		2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
														(unaudited)
Net income (loss) as reported		$	8,906			$	15,640			$	(478	)		$	(51	)		$	3,997
Total stock option compensation			—				—				27,538				6,161				998
Deferred tax benefit associated with stock option compensation			—				—				(7,683	)			(1,606	)			(260	)
Net income before the effect of stock option compensation		$	8,906			$	15,640			$	19,377			$	4,504			$	4,735

We have separately disclosed stock option compensation throughout this discussion and in our financial statements and we have shown a reconciliation of stock option compensation as it relates to sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses on the statement of operations because in managing our operations we believe such costs significantly affect our ability to better understand and manage other operating expenses and cash needs.

We have also disclosed in note 1 of the Notes to consolidated financial statements the pro forma effects of accounting for our stock option compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation”.

Deferred taxes

Significant judgment is required in determining our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as deferred revenue, for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in a net deferred tax asset, which is included on our consolidated balance sheet. The final tax outcome of these matters might be different than that which is reflected in our historical income tax provisions, benefits and accruals. Any difference could have a material effect on our income tax provision and net income in the period in which such a determination is made.

Prior to October 13, 1999, we were organized as an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, were not subject to federal income taxes. We historically made distributions to our shareholders to cover the shareholders’ anticipated tax liability. In connection with the recapitalization agreement, we converted our U.S. taxable status from an S corporation to a C corporation. Accordingly, since October 14, 1999 we have been subject to federal and state income taxes. Upon the conversion and in connection with the recapitalization, we recorded a one-time benefit of $107.0 million to establish a deferred tax asset as a result of the recapitalization agreement.

We must assess the likelihood that the net deferred tax asset will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance, we must include an expense within the tax provision in the statement of operations. We have not recorded a

31

---

 

Contingencies

We are subject to the possibility of various loss contingencies in the normal course of business. We accrue for loss contingencies when a loss is estimable and probable.

Acquisitions

In July 2002, we acquired substantially all of the assets of AppealMaster Ltd., a software company located in the United Kingdom, for $500,000 and additional contingent payments based on future performance, which have been recorded as additional purchase price. This purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess consideration above the fair value of net assets acquired of approximately $852,000 was recorded as goodwill in July 2002. As a result of payments of contingent consideration of approximately $431,000 in 2003 and an increase of approximately $103,000 resulting from foreign currency translation in 2003, the balance of goodwill at December 31, 2003 was approximately $1,386,000. In addition, in 2002 we paid approximately $62,000 to the previous controlling shareholder for consulting services and recorded this amount as an expense.

During the three year period ended December 31, 2003 we made other acquisitions that were not significant. These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and the results of operations of the acquirees have been included in the consolidated statement of operations since the acquisition dates.

32

---

 

Results of operations

The following table sets forth our statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated.

Consolidated statements of operations, percent of total revenue

																Three months
				Year ended December 31,												ended March 31,
				2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
																(unaudited)
Revenue
	License fees				21.4	%			19.5	%			18.1	%			16.5	%			16.2	%
	Services				20.9				25.4				28.8				28.4				30.4
	Maintenance and subscriptions				52.2				50.2				49.4				51.6				50.3
	Other revenue				5.5				4.9				3.7				3.5				3.0
		Total revenue			100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%			100	%
Cost of revenue
	Cost of license fees				1.9				2.4				2.4				2.1				2.3
	Cost of services				11.4				13.5				17.8				18.0				17.2
	Cost of maintenance and subscriptions				13.0				10.1				10.0				10.4				8.5
	Cost of other revenue				3.1				3.4				3.1				2.9				2.7
		Total cost of revenue			29.4				29.4				33.3				33.4				30.7
Gross profit					70.6				70.6				66.7				66.6				69.3
	Sales and marketing				16.9				18.2				18.5				18.5				20.3
	Research and development				16.4				13.7				13.1				13.3				13.6
	General and administrative				10.0				10.1				9.4				10.3				9.1
	Amortization				2.5				1.0				0.7				0.2				0.1
	Cost of initial public offering				—				—				—				—				3.0
	Stock option compensation				—				—				20.1				19.9				2.1
		Total operating expenses			45.8				43.0				61.8				62.2				48.3
Income from operations					24.8				27.6				4.9				4.4				21.0
	Interest income				0.1				0.1				0.1				0.1				0.1
	Interest expense				(8.9	)			(4.2	)			(2.2	)			(3.2	)			(0.7	)
	Other (expense) income, net				(0.1	)			0.1				0.2				0.1				1.1
Income before provision for income taxes					15.9				23.6				3.0				1.4				21.5
	Income tax provision				6.1				8.7				3.3				1.5				8.8
Net income (loss)					9.8	%			14.9	%			(0.3	)%			(0.2	)%			12.7	%

Comparison of quarters ended March 31, 2003 and 2004

Revenue

First quarter total revenue increased by $4.1 million, or 15.0%, from $27.3 million in 2003 to $31.4 million in 2004. The increase resulted from increases in sales of services and license fees from the sale of software to new and existing customers. Also contributing to the growth were increases in maintenance revenue resulting from new maintenance contracts associated with the new license agreements and subscription revenue associated with expanded subscription offerings.

33

---

 

License Fees

Revenue from license fees is derived from the sale of our software products, typically under a perpetual license agreement. Revenue from license fees increased by $0.6 million, or 13.3%, from $4.5 million in the first quarter 2003 to $5.1 million the first quarter 2004. These amounts represented 16.5% and 16.2% of total revenue for the first quarter of 2003 and 2004, respectively. The increase in license fees in the first quarter of 2004 was attributable to $0.6 million of product sales to our installed customer base. The prices charged for our license fees have remained unchanged for this period.

Services

Revenue for services includes fees received from customers for consulting, installation, implementation, donor prospect research and data modeling services and customer training. First quarter revenue from services increased by $1.8 million, or 23.4%, from $7.7 million in 2003 to $9.5 million in 2004. These amounts represented 28.4% and 30.4% of total revenue for the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively. This increase in services revenue is attributable to an increase in sales of consulting, installation, implementation, donor prospect research and data modeling services and customer training. In the first quarter of 2004, sales to new and existing customers increased 6% and 63%, respectively, compared with the first quarter of 2003. The rates charged for our service offering have remained relatively constant over this time period and, as such, the increases resulted from an increase in volume of services provided. Consulting, installation and implementation services involve converting data from a customer’s existing system, assistance in file set up and system configuration, and/or process re-engineering. These services accounted for $3.6 million and $5.0 million, in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively, representing 46.8% and 53.1% of total services revenue in those quarters. Donor prospect research and data modeling services involve the performance of assessments of customer donor (current and prospective) information, the end product of which enables the customer to more effectively target its fundraising activities. These assessments are performed using our proprietary analytical tools. These services accounted for $0.8 million and $1.1 million in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively, and represented 10.8% and 11.2% of total services revenue for those quarters. Also contributing to this increase was customer training revenue of $3.3 million in the first quarter 2003 and $3.4 million in the first quarter 2004, representing 42.5% and 35.7%, respectively, of total services revenue for those quarters.

Maintenance and subscriptions

Revenue from maintenance and subscriptions is predominantly comprised of annual fees derived from new maintenance contracts associated with new software licenses and annual renewals of existing maintenance contracts. These contracts provide customers updates, enhancements and upgrades to our software products, as well as online, telephone and email support. Also included is revenue derived from our subscription-based services, principally hosted fundraising software solutions and certain data services. Maintenance and subscriptions revenue increased by $1.7 million, or 12.1%, from $14.1 million in the first quarter 2003 to $15.8 million in the first quarter 2004. These amounts represented 51.6% and 50.3% of our total revenue for the first quarter of 2003 and 2004, respectively. The 2004 first quarter maintenance and subscription revenue increase over the first quarter 2003 of $1.7 million is comprised of $1.4 million from new maintenance contracts associated with new license agreements, $0.2 million of incremental subscriptions and $0.4 million from inflationary rate increases, offset by $0.3 million from maintenance contracts that were not renewed.

34

---

 

Other revenue

Other revenue includes revenue from the sale of business forms that are used in conjunction with our software products; reimbursement of travel and related expenses, principally incurred during the performance of services at customer locations; user conferences; and the sale of computer-based training modules. Other revenue of $1.0 million remains relatively constant from the first quarter 2003 to the first quarter 2004. This amount represented 3.5% of total revenue for the first quarter 2003 and 3.0% of total revenue for the first quarter 2004.

Cost of revenue

Cost of license fees

Cost of license fees includes third-party software royalties, variable reseller commissions and costs of shipping software products to our customers. Cost of license fees increased by $0.1 million, or 16.7%, from $0.6 million in the first quarter 2003 to $0.7 million in the first quarter 2004. These amounts represented 12.6% and 14.4% of license fee revenue in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively. The increase in the first quarter of 2004 over the first quarter 2003 was due to increases in variable commissions paid to resellers of The Financial Edge as a result of increased sales of this product.

Cost of services

Cost of services is principally comprised of direct controllable costs, which include salary and benefits, third-party contractor expenses, data expenses and classroom rentals. Additionally, cost of services includes an allocation of facilities and depreciation expense, stock option compensation and other costs incurred in providing consulting, installation, implementation, donor prospect research and data modeling services and customer training. Cost of services increased $0.5 million, or 10.2%, from $4.9 million in the first quarter 2003 to $5.4 million in the first quarter 2004. These amounts represented 63.4% and 56.3% of total services revenue in the first quarter of 2003 and 2004, respectively. Expenses associated with headcount increases were the primary driver of the increase in the cost to provide service revenue. The margin improvement is the result of the decrease in stock option compensation expense component of cost of services from $0.6 million to $0.3 million.

Further analysis of cost of services is provided below; however, the costs presented are before the inclusion of various allocable corporate costs and stock option compensation. For a tabular presentation of these costs, see note 14 of the Notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-27.

Cost of revenue in providing consulting, installation, and implementation services was $2.2 million and $2.6 million for the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively. These amounts represent 62.2% and 52.1% of the related revenue in the first quarter of 2003 and 2004, respectively. The expense increase was related to headcount growth of 14% and the resulting higher human resource costs; however, the margin increased as a result of higher staff utilization and operational efficiencies.

Cost of revenue in providing donor prospect research and data modeling services was $0.2 million and $0.4 million in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively, representing 28.4% and 40.8% of the related revenue for the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively. Higher data related expenses of $0.2 million are responsible for the quarter over quarter increase.

35

---

 

Cost of revenue in providing customer training and education was $1.1 million and $1.2 million in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively, representing 33.1% and 34.4% of the related revenue in the first quarter of 2003 and 2004, respectively. The increase was the result of increased headcount to provide training.

Cost of maintenance and subscriptions

Cost of maintenance and subscriptions is primarily comprised of salary and benefits, including non-cash stock-based compensation charges; third-party contractor expenses; data expenses; an allocation of our facilities and depreciation expenses; and other costs incurred in providing support and services to our customers. Cost of maintenance and subscriptions decreased $0.1 million, or 3.6%, from $2.8 million in the first quarter 2003 to $2.7 million in the first quarter 2004. These amounts represented 20.1% and 16.9% of related revenue in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively. The cost decrease was principally due to reduced headcount.

Cost of other revenue

Cost of other revenue includes salaries and benefits, costs of business forms, reimbursable expenses relating to the performance of services at customer locations, and an allocation of facilities and depreciation expenses. Cost of other revenue increased $0.1 million, or 12.5%, from $0.8 million in the first quarter 2003 to $0.9 million in the first quarter 2004, representing 83.7% and 90.2% of its related revenue in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively. This increase was primarily due to increases in reimbursable costs associated with the growth of our services business.

Operating expenses

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expenses include salaries and related human resource costs of our sales and marketing organizations, travel and entertainment expenses, sales commissions, advertising and marketing materials, public relations and an allocation of facilities and depreciation expenses. Sales and marketing costs increased by $1.3 million, or 25.5%, from $5.1 million in the first quarter 2003 to $6.4 million in the first quarter of 2004. These amounts exclude in each year $0.3 million of stock option compensation, which is recorded as a separate item in total operating expenses. Sales and marketing expenses represented 18.5% and 20.3% of total revenue in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively. The increase is principally comprised of increases in sales commissions of $0.5 million attributable to increased revenue from license fees and services and commission guarantees to certain members of the sales force in connection with a sales force reorganization, $0.7 million of costs resulting from growth in the number of people in our sales force and $0.1 million of travel expenses.

	Research and development

Research and development expenses include salaries and related human resource costs, third-party contractor expenses, software development tools, an allocation of facilities and depreciation expenses and other expenses in developing new products and upgrading and enhancing existing products. Research and development expenses increased $0.7 million, 19.4%, from $3.6 million in the first quarter 2003 to $4.3 million in the first quarter of 2004. These amounts exclude $0.5 million and $0.2 million of stock option compensation in the first quarter of 2003 and 2004, respectively. Research and development expenses represented 13.3%

36

---

 

	General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist principally of salaries and related human resource costs for general corporate functions, including finance, accounting, legal, human resources, facilities and corporate development; third-party professional fees; insurance; and other administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses remained relatively constant at $2.8 million. This amount excludes $4.7 million and $0.2 million of stock option compensation in the first quarter of 2003 and 2004, respectively. General and administrative expenses represented 10.3% and 9.1% of total revenue in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively. We expect these expenses to increase as a result of the costs associated with being a public company.

	Stock option compensation

Stock option compensation represents the charge taken for the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock and the exercise price of the stock option grants to personnel in sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative functions. We have separately disclosed stock option compensation throughout this discussion and in our financial statements and we have shown a reconciliation of stock option compensation as it relates to sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses on the statement of operations because in managing our operations we believe these costs significantly affect our ability to better understand and manage other operating expenses and cash needs. We are amortizing these amounts over the vesting periods of the applicable options using the accelerated method as prescribed in FIN 28. Stock option compensation decreased $4.7 million, or 87.0%, from $5.4 million in the first quarter 2003 to $0.7 million in the first quarter 2004. This decrease results from the absence of an increase in the fair market value of our stock from the fourth quarter of 2003 to the first quarter of 2004 compared with the estimated 25% increase from the fourth quarter of 2002 to the first quarter of 2003.

	Costs of initial public offering

The costs of our initial public offering include professional fees, such as attorney and accountant fees, printing costs and filing fees.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased $0.7 million, or 77.8%, from $0.9 million the first quarter 2003 to $0.2 million the first quarter 2004, representing 3.2% and 0.1% of total revenue in the first quarter 2003 and 2004, respectively. The decrease in interest expense was directly related to repayment of debt.

Other (expense) income

Other (expense) income consists of foreign exchange gains or losses and miscellaneous non-operating income and expense items. Other (expense) income increased to $0.3 million in the

37

---

 

Income tax provision

Our effective tax rate has changed from 113.8% in the first quarter 2003 to 40.8% in the first quarter 2004. In 2003, the unusual rate was attributable principally to permanent differences resulting from the portion of stock option compensation associated with incentive stock options. The stock option compensation charge associated with incentive stock options was substantially lower in the first quarter of 2004 compared with the first quarter of 2003. We expect that our effective tax rate will be less significantly impacted by these matters in the future.

Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We record our tax provision at the anticipated tax rates based on estimates of annual pretax income. To the extent that the final results differ from these estimated amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax provision in the period in which such determination is made and could have an impact on the deferred tax asset. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded at an amount based upon a U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34%. This rate is based on our expectation that our deductible and taxable temporary differences will reverse over a period of years during which we will have average annual taxable income not exceeding $10.0 million per year. If our results of operations improve in the future, such that our average annual taxable income will be expected to exceed $10 million, we will record our deferred tax assets and liabilities at an amount reflecting an average expected U.S. Federal income tax rate of up to 35%, consistent with the corresponding expectation of higher taxable income. If such change is determined to be appropriate, it will affect the provision for income taxes during the period that the determination is made.

Comparison of years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003

Revenue

Total revenue increased by $15.2 million, or 16.9%, from $90.0 million in 2001 to $105.2 million in 2002, and by $12.9 million, or 12.3%, in 2003 to $118.1 million. The increase in 2002 was attributable to increases in sales of services to our customer base and license fees arising from the sale of software to new and existing customers. These product sales also drove increases in maintenance revenues. The increase in 2003 was primarily due to further growth in services and continued growth in maintenance and subscriptions. No single customer accounted for more than 2.0% of our total revenue during 2001, 2002 or 2003.

License Fees

Revenue from license fees increased by $1.3 million, or 6.7%, from $19.3 million in 2001 to $20.6 million in 2002. These amounts represented 21.4% and 19.5% of total revenue for 2001 and 2002, respectively. Revenue from license fees increased by $0.7 million, or 3.4%, from $20.6 million in 2002 to $21.3 million in 2003. This amount represented 18.0% of total revenue in 2003. The increase in license fees in 2002 was attributable to product sales to new customers and to our installed customer base representing $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. In

38

---

 

Services

Revenue from services increased by $7.9 million, or 42.0%, from $18.8 million in 2001 to $26.7 million in 2002. These amounts represented 20.9% and 25.4% of total revenue for 2001 and 2002, respectively. Revenue from services increased by $7.3 million, or 27.3%, from $26.7 million in 2002 to $34.0 million in 2003. This amount represented 28.8% of total revenue in 2003. The increase in services revenue in both years was due to an increase in sales of consulting, installation, implementation, donor prospect research and data modeling services and customer training. Sales to new customers increased 50% and 21% in 2002 and 2003, respectively, and sales to existing customers increased 28% and 22% in 2002 and 2003, respectively. The rates charged for our service offerings have remained relatively constant over this time period and, as such, the increases resulted from an increase in volume of services provided. Additionally, our ability to better penetrate larger nonprofit entities increased the demand for our service offerings, and contracts with these customers include a higher percentage of total revenue from services. Consulting, installation and implementation services accounted for $7.9 million, $11.9 million and $17.5 million, in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, representing 42.0%, 44.5% and 51.4% of total services revenue for those years. Donor prospect research and data modeling services accounted for $0.6 million, $2.2 million and $3.6 million, in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, and represented 3.2%, 8.2% and 10.6% of total services revenue for those years. Also contributing to this increase was customer training revenue of $10.3 million, $12.7 million and $12.9 million in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, representing 54.8%, 47.5% and 37.9% of total services revenue for those years.

Maintenance and subscriptions

Maintenance and subscriptions revenue increased by $5.8 million, or 12.3%, from $47.0 million in 2001 to $52.8 million in 2002. These amounts represented 52.2% and 50.2% of our total revenue for 2001 and 2002, respectively. Maintenance and subscriptions revenue increased by $5.6 million, or 10.6%, from $52.8 million in 2002 to $58.4 million in 2003. This amount represented 49.4% of our total revenue in 2003.

The increases are attributable to the sales of new software licenses and the addition of new offerings that can be sold as renewable subscriptions, slightly offset by non-renewed maintenance contracts. The 2002 maintenance and subscription revenue increase over 2001 of $5.8 million is comprised of $5.7 million from new maintenance contracts associated with new license agreements, $1.2 million of incremental subscriptions, offset by $1.1 million of maintenance contracts that were not renewed. Maintenance and subscription revenue growth in 2003 over 2002 of $5.6 million is comprised of $6.0 million from new maintenance contracts associated with new license agreements, $0.6 million of additional subscription revenue, offset by $1.0 million of maintenance contracts that were not renewed.

Other revenue

Other revenue increased by $0.2 million, or 4.1%, from $4.9 million in 2001 to $5.1 million in 2002. These amounts represented approximately 5.5% of total revenue for 2001 and 4.9% for 2002. Other revenue decreased by $0.7 million, or 15.7%, from $5.1 million in 2002 to

39

---

 

Cost of revenue

Cost of license fees

Cost of license fees increased by $0.8 million, or 47.0%, from $1.7 million in 2001 to $2.5 million in 2002. These amounts represented 9% and 12% of license fee revenue in 2001 and 2002, respectively. The cost of license fees increased by $0.3 million, or 12.0%, from $2.5 million in 2002 to $2.8 million in 2003. This amount represented 13% of license fee revenue in 2003. In 2002, we decided to stop incorporating certain third-party software in our products. We had previously paid the royalty for that software and were recognizing it over the period over which we expected to incorporate the software. Therefore, we accelerated recognition of the remaining amount in 2002, which is why the 2002 increase was larger than the 2003 increase. The increase in 2003, and the remainder of the 2002 increase, was due to variable commissions paid to resellers of The Financial Edge.

Cost of services

Cost of services increased by $3.9 million, or 38.8%, from $10.3 million in 2001 to $14.2 million in 2002. These amounts represented 54.5% and 53.2% of our services revenue in 2001 and 2002, respectively. Cost of services increased by $6.8 million, or 47.6%, from $14.2 million in 2002 to $21.0 million in 2003. This amount represented 61.8% of services revenue in 2003. The increase in both years was due to increased headcount associated with providing the services. The margin decrease in 2003 was attributable to $3.3 million in stock option compensation.

Further analysis of cost of services is provided below; however the costs presented are before the inclusion of various allocable corporate costs and stock option compensation. For a tabular presentation of these costs, see note 14 of the Notes to consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-24.

Cost of revenue in providing consulting, installation and implementation services was $5.0 million, $6.6 million and $8.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, representing 63.5%, 55.5% and 50.6% of the related revenue for 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The absolute dollars increased in both years as a result of increased headcount associated with providing the services; however, the margin increased as a result of operational efficiencies.

Cost of revenue in providing donor prospect research and data modeling services was $0.4 million, $0.9 million and $1.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, representing 66.2%, 40.9% and 51.1% of the related revenue for 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The increase of $0.5 million from 2001 to 2002 was primarily a result of increased headcount associated with this new service. The increase of $0.9 million from 2002 to 2003 was due to data-related expenses for our WealthPoint service launched in July 2003.

Cost of revenue in providing customer training and education was $3.1 million, $4.3 million and $4.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, representing 30.1%, 33.9% and 32.1% of the related revenue for 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. The increase of $1.2 million from 2001 to 2002 was the result of increased headcount to provide training.

40

---

 

Cost of maintenance and subscriptions

Cost of maintenance and subscriptions decreased by $1.1 million, or 9.4%, from $11.7 million in 2001 to $10.6 million in 2002. These amounts represented 24.9% and 20.1% of maintenance and subscriptions revenue in 2001 and 2002, respectively. The decrease in absolute terms in 2002 resulted primarily from reduced customer support headcount achieved through efficiency initiatives. Cost of maintenance and subscriptions increased by $1.2 million, or 11.3%, from $10.6 million in 2002 to $11.8 million in 2003. This amount represented 20.2% of maintenance and subscriptions revenue in 2003. The increase in costs and the related margin decrease in 2003 was primarily attributable to costs associated with our attempts to develop a patron management business.

Cost of other revenue

Cost of other revenue increased by $0.8 million, or 28.6%, from $2.8 million in 2001 to $3.6 million in 2002. These amounts represented 56% and 71% of other revenue in 2001 and 2002, respectively. This increase was primarily due to increases in reimbursable costs associated with the growth of our services business. Cost of other revenue increased by $0.1 million, or 2.8%, from $3.6 million in 2002 to $3.7 million in 2003, representing 85% of our other revenue in 2003.

Operating expenses

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing costs increased by $4.0 million, or 26.3%, from $15.2 million in 2001 to $19.2 million in 2002. These amounts represented 16.9% and 18.2% of our total revenue in 2001 and 2002, respectively. Sales and marketing costs increased by $2.7 million, or 14.1%, from $19.2 million in 2002 to $21.9 million in 2003. The latter amount excludes $1.8 million of stock option compensation, which is recorded as a separate item in total operating expenses, in 2003. Sales and marketing expenses represented 18.5% of total revenue in 2003. The increases in 2002 and 2003 were principally comprised of increases in sales commissions of $2.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively, which are attributable to increased revenue from license fees and services, and to $1.7 million and $1.9 million, respectively, of costs resulting from increases in the number of people in our sales force.

Research and development

Research and development costs decreased from $14.8 million to $14.4 million in 2001 and 2002, respectively, representing 16.4% and 13.7% of our total revenue in 2001 and 2002, respectively. Research and development costs increased by $1.1 million, or 7.6%, from $14.4 million in 2002 to $15.5 million in 2003. The latter amount excludes $2.3 million of stock option compensation, which is recorded as a separate item in total operating expenses. Research and development expenses represented 13.1% of total revenue in 2003. The $1.1 million increase in 2003 resulted from $0.8 million of salary and related human resources costs related to the next release of The Education Edge and $0.3 million associated with transferring a portion of our development work offshore.

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses increased by $1.6 million, or 20.5%, from $9.0 million in 2001 to $10.6 million in 2002. These amounts represented 10.0% and 10.1% of total revenue in 2001 and 2002, respectively. General and administrative expenses increased by $0.5 million, or

41

---

 

Amortization

Amortization decreased by $1.2 million, or 54.6%, from $2.2 million in 2001 to $1.0 million in 2002. These amounts represented 2.5% and 1.0% of our total revenue in 2001 and 2002, respectively. Amortization decreased by $0.2 million, or 20.0%, from $1.0 million in 2002 to $0.8 million in 2003. This amount represented less than 1% of our total revenue in 2003.

Stock option compensation

Stock option compensation represents the charge taken for the difference between the estimated fair value of our common stock and the exercise price of stock option grants to personnel in sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative. We have separately disclosed stock option compensation throughout this discussion and in our financial statements and we have shown a reconciliation of stock option compensation as it relates to sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative expenses on the statement of operations because in managing our operations we believe such costs significantly affect our ability to better understand and manage other operating expenses and cash needs. We are amortizing these amounts over the vesting periods of the applicable options using the accelerated method as prescribed in FIN 28. The increase from $0 in 2001 and 2002 to $23.7 million in 2003 was primarily due to the increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock.

Interest income

Interest income was approximately $0.1 million in each of 2001, 2002 and 2003. A slight increase in 2002 was attributable to larger average cash balances throughout the year. A slight decrease in 2003 was due to the decrease in cash and cash equivalents during 2003 driven by the repayment of $45.0 million in debt incurred in the October 1999 recapitalization.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased by $3.6 million, or 45.0%, from $8.0 million in 2001 to $4.4 million in 2002. These amounts represented 8.9% and 4.2% of our total revenue in 2001 and 2002, respectively. Interest expense decreased by $1.8 million, or 40.9%, from $4.4 million in 2002 to $2.6 million in 2003. This amount represented 2.2% of our total revenue in 2003. The decreases in interest expense were directly related to repayment of debt.

Other (expense) income

Other (expense) income consists of foreign exchange gains or losses and miscellaneous non-operating income and expense items. Other (expense) income was ($0.1) million, $0.1 million and $0.2 million in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

42

---

 

Income tax provision

We had an effective tax rate of 38.1%, 37.0% and 113.8% in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. In 2003, the unusual rate was attributable primarily to permanent differences resulting from the portion of stock option compensation associated with incentive stock options. The effect on the 2003 effective rate was due to the stock option compensation charge taken in 2003 versus prior years. We expect that our effective tax rate will be less significantly impacted by these matters in the future.

Quarterly results of operations (unaudited)

				Quarter ended
				March 31,				June 30,				Sept. 30,				Dec. 31,				March 31,				June 30,				Sept. 30,				Dec. 31,				March 31,
(in thousands, except per share data)				2002				2002				2002				2002				2003				2003				2003				2003				2004
Revenue
	License fees			$	5,105			$	6,177			$	4,622			$	4,668			$	4,504			$	5,671			$	5,252			$	5,912			$	5,077
	Services				5,424				6,902				7,614				6,799				7,744				8,629				9,515				8,154				9,545
	Maintenance and subscriptions				12,562				12,861				13,530				13,835				14,099				14,390				14,782				15,089				15,779
	Other revenue				1,112				1,208				1,085				1,725				962				1,150				795				1,445				954
		Total revenue			24,203				27,148				26,851				27,027				27,309				29,840				30,344				30,600				31,355
Cost of revenue
	Cost of license fees				519				722				628				678				567				890				653				709				729
	Cost of services(1)				3,169				3,268				3,801				3,996				4,911				5,181				5,255				5,659				5,378
	Cost of maintenance and subscriptions(1)				2,693				2,676				2,618				2,601				2,835				2,972				3,225				2,805				2,660
	Cost of other revenue				539				814				852				1,406				805				908				843				1,156				860
		Total cost of revenue			6,920				7,480				7,899				8,681				9,118				9,951				9,976				10,329				9,627
Gross profit					17,283				19,668				18,952				18,346				18,191				19,889				20,368				20,271				21,728
	Sales and marketing				4,213				4,644				4,887				5,429				5,062				5,475				5,454				5,892				6,360
	Research and development				3,614				3,659				3,635				3,477				3,620				3,585				4,302				4,009				4,276
	General and administrative				2,269				2,539				2,999				2,824				2,823				2,529				2,690				3,043				2,851
	Amortization				560				389				48				48				48				85				667				48				32
	Cost of initial public offering				—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—				950
	Stock option compensation				—				—				—				—				5,446				5,768				6,112				6,365				667
		Total operating expenses			10,656				11,231				11,569				11,778				16,999				17,442				19,225				19,357				15,136
Income from operations					6,627				8,437				7,383				6,568				1,192				2,447				1,143				914				6,592
	Interest income				22				27				45				44				26				22				22				27				25
	Interest expense				(1,106)				(1,026)				(968)				(1,310)				(863)				(759)				(594)				(343)				(213)
	Other income (expense), net				—				—				—				63				15				84				(198)				334				349
Income before provision for income taxes					5,543				7,438				6,460				5,365				370				1,794				373				932				6,753
	Income tax provision				2,065				2,750				2,360				1,991				421				2,040				425				1,061				2,756
Net income (loss)				$	3,478			$	4,688			$	4,100			$	3,374			$	(51)			$	(246)			$	(52)			$	(129)				3,997
Earnings (loss) per share
	Basic			$	0.05			$	0.07			$	0.06			$	0.05			$	(0.00)			$	(0.00)			$	(0.00)			$	(0.01)			$	0.06
	Diluted			$	0.05			$	0.07			$	0.06			$	0.05			$	(0.00)			$	(0.00)			$	(0.00)			$	(0.01)			$	0.05
Common shares and equivalents outstanding
	Basic weighted average shares				67,777				67,777				67,777				67,777				67,777				67,846				67,854				67,854				67,858
	Diluted weighted average shares				67,777				67,777				67,777				67,777				67,777				67,846				67,854				67,854				73,823
Summary of stock option compensation:
	Cost of services			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	622			$	777			$	892			$	1,051			$	294
	Cost of maintenance and subscriptions				—				—				—				—				93				116				136				160				37
		Total cost of revenue			—				—				—				—				715				893				1,028				1,211				331
	Sales and marketing				—				—				—				—				336				375				490				616				254
	Research and development				—				—				—				—				456				560				623				702				174
	General and administrative				—				—				—				—				4,654				4,833				4,998				5,048				239
		Total operating expenses			—				—				—				—				5,446				5,768				6,111				6,366				667
		Total stock option compensation		$	—			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	6,161			$	6,661			$	7,139			$	7,577			$	998

(1) Includes stock option compensation set forth in Summary of stock option compensation.

43

---

 

Quarterly results of operations (unaudited)

				Quarter ended
				March 31,				June 30,				Sept. 30,				Dec. 31,				March 31,				June 30,				Sept. 30,				Dec. 31,				March 31,
				2002				2002				2002				2002				2003				2003				2003				2003				2004
Revenue
	License fees				21.1	%			22.8	%			17.2	%			17.3	%			16.5	%			19.0	%			17.3	%			19.3	%			16.2	%
	Services				22.4				25.4				28.4				25.2				28.4				28.9				31.4				26.6				30.4
	Maintenance and subscriptions				51.9				47.4				50.4				51.2				51.6				48.2				48.7				49.3				50.3
	Other revenue				4.6				4.4				4.0				6.4				3.5				3.9				2.6				4.7				3.0
		Total revenue			100.0				100.0				100.0				100.0				100.0				100.0				100.0				100.0				100.0
Cost of revenue
	Cost of license fees				2.1				2.7				2.3				2.5				2.1				3.0				2.2				2.3				2.3
	Cost of services				13.1				12.0				14.2				14.8				18.0				17.4				17.3				18.5				17.2
	Cost of maintenance and subscriptions				11.1				9.9				9.8				9.6				10.4				10.0				10.6				9.2				8.5
	Cost of other revenue				2.2				3.0				3.2				5.2				2.9				3.0				2.8				3.8				2.7
		Total cost of revenue			28.6				27.6				29.4				32.1				33.4				33.3				32.9				33.8				30.7
Gross profit					71.4				72.4				70.6				67.9				66.6				66.7				67.1				66.2				69.3
	Sales and marketing				17.4				17.1				18.2				20.1				18.5				18.3				18.0				19.3				20.3
	Research and development				14.9				13.5				13.5				12.9				13.3				12.0				14.2				13.1				13.6
	General and administrative				9.4				9.4				11.2				10.4				10.3				8.5				8.9				9.9				9.1
	Amortization				2.3				1.4				0.2				0.2				0.2				0.3				2.2				0.2				0.1
	Cost of initial public offering				—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—				3.0
	Stock option compensation				—				—				—				—				19.9				19.3				20.1				20.8				2.1
		Total operating expenses			44.0				41.5				43.1				43.6				62.2				58.5				63.4				63.3				48.3
Income from operations					27.4				31.1				27.5				24.3				4.4				8.2				3.8				3.0				21.0
	Interest income				0.1				0.1				0.2				0.2				0.1				0.1				0.1				0.1				0.1
	Interest expense				(4.6)				(3.8)				(3.6)				(4.8)				(3.2)				(2.5)				(2.0)				(1.1)				(0.7)
	Other income (expense), net				—				—				—				0.2				0.1				0.3				(0.7)				1.1				1.1
Income before provision for income taxes					22.9				27.4				24.1				19.9				1.4				6.0				1.2				3.0				21.5
	Income tax provision				8.5				10.1				8.8				7.4				1.5				6.8				1.4				3.5				8.8
Net income (loss)					14.4	%			17.3	%			15.3	%			12.5	%			(0.2)	%			(0.8)	%			(0.2)	%			(0.4)	%			12.7	%

Liquidity and capital resources

At March 31, 2004, cash and cash equivalents totaled $6.1 million, compared to $6.7 million at December 31, 2003 and $13.4 million at March 31, 2003. The decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the first quarter of 2004 was primarily the result of the final $5.0 million repayment of debt incurred in connection with the October 1999 recapitalization.

We have indicated to the underwriters an intention to use up to $10.0 million of our cash, if available, to purchase, simultaneously with this underwritten offering,                               shares of our common stock directly from Anthony E. Bakker in a private, non-underwritten transaction at the net per share price to be received by the selling stockholders in this underwritten offering. Under our investor rights agreement, Mr. Bakker, who currently holds approximately 14% of our outstanding stock, has registration rights with respect to the shares to be repurchased. In place of registration of additional shares, we intend to repurchase these shares from Mr. Bakker at the same net price per share they would receive in this offering, which is consistent with the economic terms of the investor rights agreement and will reduce dilution to our stockholders. Our board of directors has unanimously approved the repurchase. See “Certain relationships and related transactions” for more detail on the repurchase and its approval by our board.

44

---

 

The credit agreement we entered into in connection with our recapitalization in October 1999 includes a $15.0 million revolving credit facility that expires in September 2005. This facility bears interest at a variable rate based on the prime rate, federal funds rate or a eurodollar market rate, plus a margin of between 1.25% and 3.25% based on our consolidated leverage ratio. Amounts outstanding under this facility are secured by a lien on our assets and the facility is subject to standard covenants, which we were in compliance with as of March 31, 2004. As of that date, there were no amounts outstanding under this facility. In June 2004, we entered into a commitment letter for a new $30.0 million revolving credit facility which we anticipate will replace our existing $15.0 million revolving credit facility. Amounts borrowed under the new $30.0 million revolving credit facility will bear interest, at our option, at a variable rate based on either the prime rate, federal funds rate or LIBOR plus a margin of between 0.5% and 2.0% based on our consolidated leverage ratio. Amounts outstanding under the new facility will not be secured by a lien on our assets, but will be guaranteed by our subsidiaries and the facility will be subject to standard covenants.

Our principal source of liquidity is our operating cash flow, which depends on continued customer renewal of our maintenance and support agreements and market acceptance of our products and services. Based on current estimates of revenue and expenses, we believe that the currently available sources of funds and anticipated cash flows from operations will be adequate to finance our operations and anticipated capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months.

Operating cash flow

Net cash provided by operating activities of $4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased by $1.4 million compared with the quarter ended March 31, 2003. We benefited from an increase of $2.3 million in amounts received from customers that cannot yet be recognized as revenue and a $0.4 million decrease in other current assets and other assets. These were partially offset by a decrease of $2.3 million in amounts received from customers.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $8.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2001 from the year ended December 31, 2000. We benefited from an increase of $3.3 million in amounts received from customers that cannot yet be recognized as revenue and a $4.5 million increase in amounts received from customers due to increased collection efforts. This was offset by a $1.9 million decrease in trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities due to timing of payments to our vendors.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $7.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2002 from the year ended December 31, 2001. Contributing to this increase was $4.8 million from an increase in deferred revenue that arose from sales of services that have not yet been delivered and amounts principally associated with new maintenance agreements. These were partially offset by decreases in amounts received from customers. Also offsetting cash provided by operating activities was an increase to other current assets and other assets resulting from an increase in deferred commission costs related to sales of products and services not yet recognized as revenue.

Net cash provided by operating activities increased $4.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2003 from the year ended December 31, 2002 due to an increase in working capital. Contributing to the increase in working capital was an increase in deferred revenue of $4.4 million that arose from the sale of services that have not yet been delivered and also amounts principally associated with new maintenance agreements, partially offset by increases in accounts receivable and other current assets and other assets.

45

---

 

Investing cash flow

Net cash used in investing activities for the first quarter of 2004 was $0.7 million. This amount principally represents the purchase of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2001 was $3.0 million. This included $2.5 million for the purchase of property and equipment and $0.5 million paid in connection with an acquisition.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $2.0 million. This included $1.5 million for the purchase of property and equipment and $0.5 million paid in connection with the acquisition of AppealMaster Ltd.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $3.7 million. This included $2.7 million for the purchase of property and equipment, $0.4 million in contingent payments related to the acquisition of AppealMaster in 2002, and other acquisition-related costs.

Financing cash flow

Net cash used in financing activities in the first quarter of 2004 was $4.9 million. We made the final $5.0 million payment on our term loan, partially offsetting these payments was $0.1 million received as proceeds from the issuance of common stock associated with the exercise of stock options.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2001 was $15.0 million. We made payments of $24.5 million on our term loan and $0.5 million on capital leases. Partially offsetting these payments were proceeds from the sale of common stock of $10.0 million.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $20.5 million. We made payments of $19.7 million on our term loan and $0.8 million on capital leases.

Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $45.1 million, which primarily consisted of principal payments made on our term loan. In addition, we paid $0.3 million on capital leases relating to furniture and equipment. Partially offsetting these payments was $0.2 million we received as proceeds from the issuance of common stock associated with the exercise of stock options.

Commitments and contingencies

As of March 31, 2004, we had no outstanding debt having repaid in the first quarter of 2004 the last $5.0 million under the term loan related to the October 1999 recapitalization.

At March 31, 2004 we had future minimum lease commitment of $28.7 million. These commitments have been reduced by the future minimum lease commitments under various sublease agreements extending through 2007. The future minimum lease commitments as of March 31, 2004 were as follows (amounts in thousands):

		Payments due by period
		2004				2005				2006				2007				2008				Thereafter				Totals
Operating leases		$	3,122			$	4,209			$	4,298			$	4,307			$	4,706			$	7,931			$	28,573
Capital leases			114				45				—				—				—				—				159

46

---

 

In addition, we have a commitment of $200,000 payable annually through 2009 for certain naming rights with an entity owned by a minority shareholder of ours. We incurred expense under this agreement of $200,000 per year for each of the three years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $50,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2004.

New accounting pronouncement

In January 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force of the FASB, or EITF, reached a consensus on EITF Issue 01-14, “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for “Out-of-Pocket” Expenses Incurred”, which requires that reimbursements received for out-of-pocket expenses incurred be characterized as revenue in the income statement. We adopted EITF 01-14 effective January 1, 2002 and have made the appropriate reclassifications as required by EITF 01-14. Income resulting from reimbursable expenses is included in other revenues and the associated expenses are included in other cost of sales on the face of the income statement.

In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”, which is effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. We adopted SFAS No. 146 during fiscal year 2003. SFAS No. 146 nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)”, and requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized as incurred. The impact of SFAS No. 146 will be dependent upon decisions made by us in the future and has had no impact on us to date.

In January 2003, we adopted FIN 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34”. The interpretation requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, the entity must recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under that guarantee. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are effective for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this interpretation has not had a material impact on our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or liquidity.

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” This statement was subsequently amended under the provisions of FIN 46-R, which is effective for public entities no later than the end of the first reporting period ending after March 15, 2004. This interpretation clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements”, to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46 applies immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interest entities in which an enterprise obtains an interest after that date. The adoption of this interpretation has not had a material impact on our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or liquidity.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Liabilities and Equity.” This statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability. Many of those instruments were previously classified as equity. Most of the guidance

47

---

 

Qualitative and quantitative disclosure about market risk

Due to the nature of our short-term investments and our lack of material debt, we have concluded that we face no material market risk exposure. Therefore, no quantitative tabular disclosures are required.

Foreign currency exchange rates

Approximately 16.2% of our total net revenue for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 and approximately 5.7% and 9.1% of our total net revenue for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively, was derived from our operations outside the United States. We do not have significant operations in countries in which the economy is considered to be highly inflationary. Our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars and, accordingly, changes in the exchange rate between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar will affect the translation of our subsidiaries’ financial results into U.S. dollars for purposes of reporting our consolidated financial results. Accumulated currency translation adjustments recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity were $0.4 million at March 31, 2004 and ($0.2) and $0.3 million at December 31, 2002 and 2003, respectively.

The vast majority of our contracts are entered into by our U.S. or U.K. entities. The contracts entered into by the U.S. entity are almost always denominated in U.S. dollars and contracts entered into by our U.K. subsidiary are generally denominated in pounds sterling. In recent years, the U.S. dollar has weakened against many non-U.S. currencies, including the British pound. During this period, our revenues generated in the United Kingdom have increased. Though we do not believe our increased exposure to currency exchange rates have had a material impact on our results of operations or financial position, we intended to continue to monitor such exposure and take action as appropriate.

48

---

 

Business

Overview

We are the leading global provider of software and related services designed specifically for nonprofit organizations. Our products and services enable nonprofit organizations to increase donations, reduce fundraising costs, improve communications with constituents, manage their finances and optimize internal operations. We have focused solely on the nonprofit market since our incorporation in 1982, and have developed our suite of products and services based upon our extensive knowledge of the operating challenges facing nonprofit organizations. In 2003, we had over 12,500 customers, over 11,900 of which pay us annual maintenance and support fees. Our customers operate in multiple verticals within the nonprofit market including religion, education, foundations, health and human services, arts and cultural, public and societal benefits, environment and animal welfare, and international and foreign affairs.

Industry background

The nonprofit industry is large and growing

Nonprofit organizations are a large part of the U.S. economy, employing one out of every ten Americans. There were greater than 1.4 million registered U.S. nonprofit organizations in 2002, according to data from the Internal Revenue Service. In addition, there are greater than 1.5 million nonprofit organizations outside the United States. Donations to nonprofit organizations in the United States were $241 billion in 2002, having increased almost every year since 1962, with a compound annual growth rate over that period of 7.8%, according to Giving USA. In addition, these organizations received fees of approximately $600 billion in the twelve months prior to December 2003 for services they provided. Worldwide, nonprofit organizations employ more than 19 million people and account for $1.1 trillion in total annual expenditures, according to the Johns Hopkins Comparative Nonprofit Sector Project.

Traditional methods of fundraising are costly and inefficient

Many nonprofit organizations manage fundraising programs using manual methods or stand-alone software applications not specifically designed to meet the needs of nonprofit organizations. These fundraising methods are often costly and inefficient, largely because of the difficulties in effectively collecting, sharing and using information to maximize donations and minimize related costs. Some nonprofit organizations have developed proprietary software, but doing so can be expensive, requiring these organizations to hire technical personnel for development, implementation and maintenance functions. General purpose software and Internet applications typically offer stand-alone solutions with limited functionality that might not efficiently integrate multiple databases.

Fundraising and related administrative costs are significant. Based on our market research, an average $0.24 of each dollar donated is used by nonprofit organizations for their direct fundraising expenses alone. These expenses do not include additional administrative expenses associated with fundraising. Moreover, according to a recent Harvard Business Review article entitled, “The Nonprofit Sector’s $100 Billion Opportunity,” McKinsey & Company estimates that improvements in the efficiency of delivery of their services could result in savings to the nonprofit sector in excess of $55 billion annually.

49

---

 

The nonprofit industry faces particular operational challenges

Nonprofit organizations face distinct operational challenges. For example, nonprofit organizations generally must efficiently:

•	solicit small cash contributions from numerous contributors to fund operations;
•	manage complex relationships with the large numbers of constituents that support their organizations;
•	comply with complex accounting, tax and reporting issues that differ from traditional businesses;
•	solicit cash and in-kind contributions from businesses to help raise money or deliver products or services;
•	provide a wide array of programs and services to individual constituents; and
•	improve the data collection and sharing capabilities of their employees, volunteers and donors by creating and providing distributed access to centralized databases.

Because of these challenges, we believe nonprofit organizations can benefit from software applications specifically designed to serve their particular needs.

The Blackbaud solution

Our suite of products and services addresses the fundraising costs and operational challenges facing nonprofit organizations by providing them with software tools and services that help them increase donations, reduce the overall cost of managing their business and the fundraising process and improve communications with their constituents. We provide an operational platform through our three core software applications: The Raiser’s Edge, The Financial Edge and The Education Edge. In addition, we offer 34 extended applications providing distinct, add-on functionality tailored to meet the specific needs of our diverse customer base. To complement our operational platform, we offer a suite of analytical tools and related services that enable nonprofit organizations to extract, aggregate and analyze vast quantities of data to help them make better-informed operational decisions. We also help our customers increase the return on their technology investment by providing a broad array of complementary professional services, including implementation, business process improvement, education services, as well as maintenance and technical support.

50

---

 

Our solution is illustrated as follows:

Nonprofit organizations use our products and services to increase donations

Approximately 10,500 of our active customers currently subscribe to our annual maintenance and support for The Raiser’s Edge. In 2002, these customers raised an aggregate of more than $26 billion in contributions. These customers use The Raiser’s Edge to help them with their fundraising and donor management efforts. The complexity of managing constituent relationships and nonprofits’ reliance on charitable contributions make managing the fundraising process the critical business function for nonprofits. The Raiser’s Edge allows nonprofit organizations to establish, maintain and develop their relationships with current and prospective donors. Our fundraising products and services enable nonprofit organizations to use a centralized database, as well as the Internet and an array of analytical tools to facilitate and expand their fundraising efforts. We believe our products and services help nonprofit organizations increase donations by enabling them to:

•	facilitate the management of complex personal relationships with constituents;
•	enable the solicitation of large numbers of potential donors using automated and efficient methods;
•	deliver personalized messages that help inform and drive constituent action;
•	provide an easy-to-use system that allows the sharing and use of critical fundraising information;
•	allow organizations to receive online donations through our NetSolutions product, which integrates with an organization’s website;
•	utilize our Internet-based offerings and tools to support online volunteer and events management; and
•	simplify and automate business processes to allow nonprofits to more effectively pursue their missions.

51

---

 

In addition, our array of predictive donor modeling and wealth identification products and services, including ProspectPoint and WealthPoint, integrate important third-party data, including financial, geographic and demographic information, together with sophisticated analytical techniques to assist nonprofits in their efforts to more effectively identify and target willing and able donors. The result is that organizations are able to lower fundraising costs while at the same time increase donations.

We help nonprofit organizations operate more effectively and efficiently

Our products and services combine a comprehensive suite of software and analytical tools with a centralized database to help employees more effectively and efficiently manage the key aspects of their nonprofit organization’s operations. Our products automate nonprofit business processes to create efficiencies for our customers, which helps to reduce the overall costs of operating their organizations. For example, The Raiser’s Edge and our other core products automate data collection processes, which eliminates cumbersome and inaccurate manual processes. In addition, nonprofits use The Financial Edge, which integrates with The Raiser’s Edge, to eliminate duplicate entry of gift data and streamline processes for posting the results of fundraising activities to the organization’s general ledger. Nonprofit constituents can use The Financial Edge to view information in a single, integrated dashboard view that illustrates key performance metrics and detailed information on specific campaigns, funds and programs. These efficient communications are often critical to a nonprofit’s ability to effectively strengthen relationships with important supporters, while making effective use of valuable internal resources.

We provide solutions that address many of the technological and business process needs of our customers, including:

•	donor relationship management;
•	financial management and reporting;
•	cost accounting information for projects and grants;
•	integration of financial data and donor information under a centralized system;
•	student information systems designed for the K-12 market;
•	data analysis and reporting tools and services;
•	management of complex volunteer networks; and
•	results tracking for multiple campaigns.

Our strategy

Our objective is to maintain and leverage our position as a leading provider of software and related services designed specifically for nonprofit organizations. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this objective are to:

Grow our customer base

We intend to expand our industry-leading customer base and enhance our market position. While we have established a strong presence in the nonprofit industry, we believe that the fragmented nature of the industry presents an opportunity for us to continue to increase our market penetration. We plan to achieve this objective by leveraging our experience in the nonprofit sector, our existing customer base and our strong brand recognition. We also intend to expand our overall sales efforts, especially national accounts, enterprise-focused sales teams and third-party sales channels.

52

---

 

Maintain and expand existing customer relationships

We have historically had success selling maintenance renewal and additional products and services to existing customers. In each of the past three years, an average of over 94% of our customers have renewed their maintenance and support plans for our products. We plan to continue to capitalize on our existing customer base by increasing both the number of our products and services they use and the frequency with which they use them. As part of this strategy, we have established a dedicated sales team to focus exclusively on selling products and services to our existing customers.

Introduce additional products and services

We intend to leverage our expertise and experience in developing leading products for the nonprofit industry to introduce additional products and related services, to continue to build stronger relationships with existing customers and to attract new customer relationships. We believe that our existing proprietary software and services can form the foundation for an even wider range of products and services for nonprofit organizations. Our current product offerings share approximately one-third of our proprietary code, and we anticipate that future product offerings will also share this backbone. We believe that this shared code allows us to more cost efficiently expedite the development and rollout of new products.

Leverage the Internet as a means of additional growth

We intend to continue to enhance our existing products and develop new products and services to allow our customers to more fully utilize the Internet to effectively achieve their missions. Although online fundraising composed less than 1% of all charitable contributions in 2002, we believe online donations will continue to grow as a percentage of total contributions and that nonprofits will continue to benefit from the trend of increased online donations. As such, we have web-enabled our core applications and currently offer a variety of Internet applications and consulting services that allow nonprofit organizations to utilize our fundraising, accounting and administration products to leverage the Internet for online fundraising, e-marketing, alumni and membership directories, newsletters, event management and volunteer coordination. For example, through the end of 2003, we had sold our NetSolutions product, which is our online fundraising application, to over 850 customers.

Expand international presence

We believe that the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia as well as other international markets represent growing market opportunities. We currently have international offices in Glasgow, Scotland, Toronto, Canada and Sydney, Australia. We believe the overall market of international nonprofit organizations is changing as donations to nonprofit organizations are increasing in response to reductions in governmental funding of certain activities and expansion of U.S.-based nonprofit organizations into international locations. We believe these markets are currently underserved, and we intend to increase our presence in international markets by expanding our sales and marketing efforts, leveraging our installed base of customers to sell complementary products and services and continuing to offer and develop new products tailored to these international markets.

53

---

 

Pursue strategic acquisitions and alliances

We intend to continue to selectively pursue acquisitions and alliances in the future with companies that provide us with complementary technology, customers, personnel with significant relevant experience, increase access to additional geographic and specific vertical markets. We have completed three acquisitions in the past three years and are currently involved in a number of strategic relationships. We believe that our size and our history of leadership in the nonprofit sector make us an attractive acquiror or partner for others in the industry.

Products and services

We license software and provide various services to our customers. We generate revenue in six reportable segments, as described in more detail in note 14 of the Notes to our consolidated financial statements. These revenue segments are license fees and maintenance and subscription fees for our software products, consulting services, education services, analytic services, and other. In 2001, 2002 and 2003, revenue from the sale of The Raiser’s Edge and related services represented approximately 71%, 71% and 70%, respectively, of our total revenue.

Software products

     The Raiser’s Edge

The Raiser’s Edge is the leading software application specifically designed to manage a nonprofit organization’s fundraising activity. The Raiser’s Edge enables nonprofit organizations to communicate with their constituents, manage fundraising activities, expand their development efforts and make better-informed decisions through its powerful segmentation, analysis, and reporting capabilities. We released version 7.6 of The Raiser’s Edge in August 2003. The functionality included in our current version of The Raiser’s Edge is the result of over 20 years of improvement incorporating the suggestions of our customers and innovations in technology. The Raiser’s Edge provides a comprehensive dashboard view that shows users important performance indicators for campaigns, appeals, funds, events, proposals, and membership drives. The Raiser’s Edge is highly customizable allowing a nonprofit organization to create numerous custom views of constituent records and automate a variety of business processes. The Raiser’s Edge contains a robust data management and storage system to help fundraisers use their data more effectively. Among other things, The Raiser’s Edge allows an organization to access extensive biographical and demographic information about donors and prospects, process gifts, monitor solicitation activity, analyze data and publish reports. The Raiser’s Edge improves the efficiency and effectiveness of a nonprofit organization by reducing overall mailing costs, offering faster data entry and gift processing, supporting major donor cultivation, using the Internet to send email appeals and accept online donations, and providing instant access to better information. The Raiser’s Edge also integrates with Microsoft® Office® to enable users to take advantage of additional functionality.

54

---

 

	In addition to the standard functionality of The Raiser’s Edge, we have built a number of extended applications that may be enabled directly within The Raiser’s Edge and address the specific needs of various vertical markets. Our extended applications are described below.

Module name		Key features/benefits
Event		helps plan, organize and manage all aspects of fundraising events
Volunteer		coordinates an organization’s volunteer work force
Member		tracks the identity of members and the date they joined, as well as recording renewals, upgrades, downgrades and lapsed and dropped members
Queue		allows an organization to schedule a series of Raiser’s Edge tasks to be executed sequentially, automatically and unattended
Search		enables an organization to manage prospective planned and major gift donors (individuals, corporations and foundations) from identification and profiling to the cultivation and solicitation of major gifts
Alum		includes additional information and reporting capabilities that help an organization reach, solicit and better manage its alumni constituency
Tribute		tracks all gifts made in honor or memory of an individual or individuals and facilitates properly acknowledging the donor and honoree
Electronic Funds Transfer		allows an organization to easily process gifts made by credit card or by direct debit from donors’ bank accounts
Point of Sale		enables organizations to track inventory and customer purchases, then transfer purchase information to constituent records in The Raiser’s Edge

     The Financial Edge

The Financial Edge is an accounting application designed to address the specific accounting needs of nonprofit organizations. As with our other core applications, The Financial Edge integrates with The Raiser’s Edge to simplify gift entry processing, relate information from both systems in an informative manner and eliminate redundant tasks. The Financial Edge improves the transparency and accountability of organizations by allowing them to track and report from multiple views, measure the effectiveness of programs and other initiatives, use budgets as monitoring and strategic planning tools, and supervise cash flow to allocate resources efficiently. As a result, The Financial Edge provides nonprofit organizations with the means to help manage fiscal and fiduciary responsibility, enabling them to be more accountable to their constituents. In addition, The Financial Edge is designed specifically to meet governmental accounting and financial reporting requirements prescribed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board and Governmental Accounting Standards Board. We employ certified public accountants who work with our product development, professional services and customer support teams and who can apply their specialized training and background to assist our customers using The Financial Edge to help them comply with these

55

---

 

	accounting and reporting requirements. We released version 7.2 of The Financial Edge in June 2003.
	As with The Raiser’s Edge, we have built extended applications that may be enabled directly within The Financial Edge to address the specific functional needs of our customers. We currently offer 25 such extended applications to accompany The Financial Edge, examples of which are described below.

Module name		Key features/benefits
Purchase Orders		provides a variety of options for recording purchases and generating invoices
eRequisitions		automates the requisition and purchase order process by enabling multiple departments, sites and budget managers to make purchasing requests electronically
Electronic Funds Transfer		allows an organization to make electronic payments
Cash Management		provides on online register enabling an organization to manage and reconcile multiple bank and cash accounts in a centralized repository
Cash Receipts		provides flexible receipt-entry enabling an organization to identify where cash amounts originate, produce a detailed profile of each transaction and print a deposit ticket
Payroll		automates in-house payroll processing
Fixed Assets		stores the information required to properly track and manage property, plant and equipment and the costs associated with them
Student Billing		provides independent schools the ability to perform billing functions and process payments
School Store Manager		manages sales, inventory control, discounts, mailings, pricing, purchasing, receivables, reporting and suppliers for bookstores, snack bars, cafeterias and athletic stores through an integrated point-of-sale solution
Accounting Forms		integrates with our accounting products, enabling an organization to print business forms cost effectively

     The Education Edge

Our education administration products are a comprehensive student information management system designed principally to organize an independent school’s admissions and registrar processes, including capturing detailed student information, creating schedules, managing feedback and grading processes, producing demographic, statistic and analytical reports, and printing report cards and transcripts. With our education administration products, an organization can keep biographical and address information for students, parents, and constituents consistent across all of its Blackbaud software products. This integrated system allows an independent school to reduce data-entry time and ensure that information is current and accurate throughout the school. To date, we have marketed our education administration products under the names Admissions Office and Registrar’s Office. Although we are not obligated to do so, we currently plan to release a new version of our

56

---

 

	education administration offering in mid-2004 under the name “The Education Edge”. We expect this new version to have additional functionality and an enhanced platform.

     The Information Edge

The Information Edge is an open and scalable business intelligence solution designed specifically to meet the needs of nonprofit organizations. We launched The Information Edge in August 2003. The Information Edge is an analysis and reporting tool that allows an organization to extract, aggregate and analyze its data to gain insight from multiple data sources and provide opportunities to increase revenues. The Information Edge extracts data from multiple highly indexed transactional databases, including The Raiser’s Edge, and integrates that data into a data warehouse that allows high-speed queries, complex analysis and reporting across the organization including remote locations. The Information Edge is optimized to assist an organization with its direct marketing and fundraising programs, including donor segmentation and campaign strategy.

     Blackbaud Internet applications

We provide a variety of applications that allow our customers to use our fundraising, accounting and administration products via the Internet. For example, our NetSolutions product enables a nonprofit to build communities by conducting online fundraising, e-marketing, event management and volunteer coordination. We launched NetSolutions in August 2000 and released our most recent version in February 2004. Through the end of 2003, we had more than 850 active NetSolutions customers. In addition, we have web-enabled most of our applications to allow nonprofit organizations of all sizes to easily and efficiently interact with wider audiences through dynamic content and email campaigns securely from anywhere in the world. These solutions provide a wide variety of web-based online services including the ability for constituents to register for events, update demographic information, support an organization by volunteering and make donations. We provide real-time integration between our Internet and core applications, which significantly enhances the effectiveness of our solutions by tying all information directly to the back-office, which provides an organization with a single, comprehensive view of its constituents and volunteers.

Consulting services

Our consultants provide installation and implementation services for each of our software products. These services include:

•	system installation and implementation, including assistance installing the software, setting up security, tables, attributes, field options, default sets, business rules, reports, queries, exports and user options, and explanation of data entry and processing procedures;
•	management of the data conversion process to ensure data is a reliable and powerful source of information for an organization;
•	system analysis and application customization to ensure that the organization’s Raiser’s Edge system is properly aligned with an organization’s processes and objectives; and
•	removal of duplicative records, database merging, and information cleansing and consolidation.

57

---

 

In addition to these services, we apply our industry knowledge and experience, combined with our service offering expertise and expert knowledge of our products, to evaluate an organization’s needs and provide operational efficiency and business process improvement consulting for our customers. This work is performed by our staff of consultants who have extensive and relevant domain experience in fundraising, accounting, project management and IT services. This experience and knowledge allows us to make recommendations and implement solutions that ensure efficient and effective use of our products. In addition, we offer software customization services to organizations that do not have the time or in-house resources to create customized solutions using our core products. We believe that no other software company provides as broad a range of consulting and technology services and solutions dedicated to the nonprofit industry as we do.

Education services

We provide a variety of classroom, onsite and self-paced training services to our customers relating to the use of our software products and application of best practices. Our software instructors have extensive training in the use of our software and present course material that is designed to include hands-on lab exercises as well as a course workbook with examples and problems to solve. The education services segment has historically shown some seasonality, as our customers generally attend more training sessions during the second and third quarters of the year. Key aspects of our education services include:

Education services		Description
Blackbaud University		training facility based in our headquarters with 12 classrooms, each outfitted with computer workstations for each attendee to view and participate in step-by-step demonstrations of our software
Regional Training		offered year-round for our clients at more than 60 regional locations throughout the United States and Canada. These regional sites include fully equipped classrooms and individual student workstations for hands-on learning
Onsite Training		provided at a customer’s location, typically for customers that have a large group of employees requiring more specialized training
Web-Based and Self-Paced Training		includes computer-based training, online courses and our new eLearning Library. The eLearning Library is a subscription service consisting of a collection of more than 115 online software lessons

Analytic services

We provide custom modeling and analytical services, including ProspectPoint and WealthPoint, to help nonprofit organizations maximize their fundraising results.

ProspectPoint, which we introduced in February 2001, is a custom modeling service designed specifically for nonprofits. ProspectPoint employs patent-pending modeling techniques to identify and rank the best donor prospects in an organization’s database and capture the distinct characteristics that define an organization and its constituencies, providing a better opportunity to maximize gift revenue. We use these proprietary statistical models to help our

58

---

 

We released WealthPoint in July 2003 as our wealth identification and information service. It provides a nonprofit organization with financial, biographical and demographic data on the individuals in its database, enabling the organization to identify its wealthiest donors and to plan the most effective donor cultivation strategies. We match donor and prospect names recorded in The Raiser’s Edge or any other database against sources of publicly available information about an individual’s assets or activities. After the names are matched against the public sources, we then return the data to the clients in a software application that allows them to query, report on, and manipulate the data.

In addition to these modeling and identification services, we offer services that enrich the quality of the data in our customers’ databases. These include a service that finds outdated address files in the database and makes corrections based on the requirements and certifications of the United States Postal Service and a service that uses known fields in an organization’s constituent records to search and find lost donors and prospects. In addition to these services, we offer services that append to a prospect record important additional information, such as phone, email, age, gender, deceased record, county, and congressional district.

Maintenance and subscriptions

The vast majority of our customers choose to receive annual maintenance and support from us under one of our tiered maintenance and support programs. In each of the past three years, an average of more than 94% of our customers have renewed their annual maintenance and support contracts for our products. For an annual fee, our customers receive regular upgrades and enhancements to our software and unlimited phone and email support, with extended hours for upgraded maintenance customers. Our maintenance and support customers also receive around-the-clock access to our extensive online support resources, including our self-help knowledge management system, the FAQ section of our web site, and weekly technical bulletins. Subscriptions cover hosted solutions, data enrichment services and training programs purchased on a subscription basis.

Customers

We have customers in each of the principal vertical markets within the nonprofit industry. In 2003, we had over 12,500 customers, over 11,900 of which pay us annual maintenance and support fees. These organizations range from small, local charities to health care and higher education organizations to the largest national health and human services organizations. No one customer accounts for more than 2% of our annual revenue.

Selected customer examples

The selected customer examples below are intended to provide brief examples of the different ways our customers are using our software and services solutions to solve their business problems.

59

---

 

Bowdoin College

Bowdoin College relies on the growth of its $450 million endowment through fundraising contributions to maintain financial stability and achieve its goals. Prior to deploying The Raiser’s Edge, Bowdoin used 15 systems to track student, alumni, parent and other entities associated with the college’s fundraising activities. Deploying The Raiser’s Edge as the centralized data repository allowed Bowdoin to view all aspects of its constituents’ associations with the college, enabling them to drive more personalized contact with constituents, while capturing and maintaining a complete view of all fundraising activities. With the help of our consultants, Bowdoin implemented new business processes that allow them to incorporate and use relevant data from multiple campus systems to improve targeting and resource allocation. Our solution enabled Bowdoin to eliminate several costly databases by consolidating the data into a centralized database and free resources to increase productivity.

Detroit Zoo

Through over 10,000 donors and approximately 48,000 members, the Detroit Zoological Society relies on fundraising activities to generate a significant portion of its revenue. The Detroit Zoological Society implemented The Raiser’s Edge and other applications of ours to consolidate several inefficient processes into a single comprehensive solution that allowed them to improve fundraising performance. We also provided them with professional services targeting business process refinements resulting in improved efficiencies in areas such as direct mail and fulfillment and also augmented the Society’s ability to analyze and report on membership performance and event attendance.

Episcopal High School

Episcopal High School is a private high school near Washington D.C. with over 400 students. We were selected to implement The Education Edge as a campus-wide system that could support the needs of their many offices, provide customizable transcripts and scheduling and allow web-based access for teachers and parents. The Education Edge now serves as the backbone of the school’s operations, automating its manual systems and providing customized reports with a complete picture of each student’s educational experience.

Help the Aged

Help the Aged is a well-known nonprofit in the United Kingdom dedicated to addressing issues facing the elderly. In managing its relationship with over three million constituents, they were using seven separate systems, utilized by over 100 users, to collect information and manage fundraising activities. Help the Aged engaged us to implement Information Edge and Raiser’s Edge, which provided those 100 users a single comprehensive view of each constituent. Our consulting team also works with Help the Aged to refine their fundraising processes and leverage the wealth of their data.

Mayo Foundation

	Mayo Clinic’s mission is to provide the best care to every patient every day through integrated clinical practice, education and research. Mayo Foundation chose The Raiser’s Edge to enable over 130 staff members in the Department of Development to gain direct access to the relevant data necessary to support fundraising programs that contribute over

60

---

 

	$100 million annually toward the Mayo Clinic’s mission. In addition, Mayo is in the process of implementing The Information Edge to optimize their fundraising programs by providing improved analysis and reporting across the fundraising organization.

US Naval Academy Alumni Association

The US Naval Academy Alumni Association relies on the strength of coordinated development efforts to maintain a strong and educated community of widely dispersed alumni. The association selected The Financial Edge as their financial management system to track and distribute over 700 different restricted funds while adhering to specific accounting and compliance requirements. Our consulting team worked with the US Naval Academy Alumni Association to implement business processes that help them utilize our software while complying with the unique requirements and protocols of a U.S. Military Service Academy.

United Way of America

United Way of America is a national organization dedicated to leading the United Way movement, which includes approximately 1,400 independent, community-based United Way organizations, in making a measurable impact in every community in America. We recently entered into an agreement with United Way of America to develop a version of The Raiser’s Edge to handle the unique needs of United Way organizations. Previously, United Way of America had developed and supported a proprietary campaign management system used by more than 100 local United Way organizations. Under the agreement, we now own that system and, in exchange for minimum fees, will support it for at least 24 months as these local United Way organizations transition to The Raiser’s Edge.

Sales and marketing

We sell all of our software and related services through our direct sales force, which is complemented by our team of account development representatives responsible for sales lead generation and qualification. We also sell The Financial Edge application indirectly through our network of value-added resellers. As of December 31, 2003, we had approximately 150 sales and marketing employees, 130 of whom comprised our direct sales force and account development representatives. These sales and marketing professionals are located at our headquarters in Charleston and in metropolitan areas throughout the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and Australia. We plan to continue expanding our direct sales force in the Americas, Europe and Asia.

Our sales force is divided into three main areas of responsibility:

•	selling products and services to existing customers;
•	acquiring new customers; and
•	developing and managing relationships with our resellers.

In addition, we have a dedicated portion of our outside sales team focused exclusively on large, enterprise-wide accounts and a group of sales engineers who support both new and existing customers. In general, each sales representative is assigned responsibility for handling just one product line in a designated geographic area, except for sales representatives for the K-12 education market who are responsible for selling all of our software products in that market. We frequently lead our sales efforts with the sale of one of our primary products, such

61

---

 

We conduct a variety of marketing programs that are designed to create brand recognition and market awareness for our products and services. Our marketing efforts include participation at tradeshows, technical conferences and technology seminars, publication of technical and educational articles in industry journals and preparation of competitive analyses. Our customers and strategic partners provide references and recommendations that we often feature in our advertising and promotional activities.

We believe relationships with third parties can enhance our sales and marketing efforts. We have, and intend to seek to establish additional, relationships with companies that provide services to the nonprofit industry, such as consultants, educators, publishers, financial service providers, complementary technology providers and data providers. For example, we have developed a business solutions provider network with a number of resellers and accounting firms. These companies promote or complement our nonprofit solutions and provide us access to new customers.

We believe that active participation in charitable activities is good for the community and helps us build relationships with our clients and enhances our employees’ awareness of their activities. We have established a number of employee volunteer activities and are actively involved with a number of local and regional charities and nonprofit organizations, further demonstrating our dedication to assisting these organizations.

Competition

The market for software and related services for nonprofit organizations is fragmented, competitive and rapidly evolving, and there are limited barriers to entry for some aspects of this market. We expect to encounter new and evolving competition as this market consolidates and matures and as nonprofit organizations become more aware of the advantages and efficiencies that can be attained from the use of specialized software and other technology solutions. A number of diversified software enterprises have made recent acquisitions or developed products for the market, including Intuit, Sage and SunGard. Other companies that have greater marketing resources and generate greater revenues and market recognition than we do, such as Microsoft, Oracle and PeopleSoft, offer products that are not designed specifically for nonprofits but still provide some of the functionality of our products and could be considered competitors. In addition, these larger companies could decide to enter the market directly, including through acquisitions of smaller current competitors.

We mainly face competition from four sources:

•	software developers offering specialized products designed to address specific needs of nonprofit organizations;
•	providers of traditional, less automated fundraising services;
•	custom-developed solutions; and
•	software developers offering general products not designed to address specific needs of nonprofit organizations.

Although there are numerous general software developers marketing products that have some application in the nonprofit market, these competitors have generally neglected to focus

62

---

 

We compete with custom-developed solutions created either internally by the nonprofit organization or outside custom service providers. However, building a custom solution often requires extensive financial and technical resources that may not be available or cost-effective for the nonprofit organization. In addition, in many cases the customer’s legacy database and software system were not designed to support the increasingly complex and advanced needs of today’s growing community of nonprofit organizations.

We also compete with providers of traditional, less automated fundraising services, including parties providing services in support of traditional direct mail campaigns, special events fundraising, telemarketing and personal solicitations. We believe we compete successfully against these traditional fundraising services, primarily because our products and services are more automated, robust and efficient than the traditional fundraising methods supported by these providers.

Research and development

We have made substantial investments in research and development, and expect to continue to do so as a part of our strategy to introduce additional products and services. As of December 31, 2003 we had approximately 150 employees working on research and development. Our research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were $14.8 million, $14.4 million and $15.5 million, respectively.

Technology and architecture

We utilize a three-tier Component Object Model, or COM-based development model, because it allows our customers to extend and modify the functionality of our applications without requiring them to make any source code or data modifications themselves. This is important for customers that want to customize our applications by incorporating their own business logic

63

---

 

The architecture of our COM-based development model ensures our applications are:

•	Flexible. Our component-based architecture is programmable and easily customized by our customers without requiring modification of the source code, ensuring that the technology can be leveraged and extended to accommodate changing demands of our clients and the market.
•	Adaptable. The architecture of our applications allows us to easily add features and functionality or to integrate with third party applications in order to adapt to our customers’ needs or market demands.
•	Scalable. We combine a scalable architecture with the performance, capacity, and load balancing of industry-standard web servers and databases used by our customers to ensure the applications can scale to the needs of larger organizations.

We have and intend to continue to license technologies from third parties that are integrated into our products. Currently, we believe that the loss of any third party technology integrated into our products would not have a material adverse effect on our business. However, our inability to obtain licenses for third party technology for future products could delay product development, which could harm our business and operating results.

Intellectual property and other proprietary rights

To protect our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws in various jurisdictions, and employee and third-party nondisclosure agreements and confidentiality procedures. We have a number of registered trademarks, including Blackbaud and The Raiser’s Edge. We have applied for additional trademarks. We currently have six patents pending on our technology, including functionality in The Financial Edge, The Information Edge and ProspectPoint.

64

---

 

Employees

As of December 31, 2003, we had approximately 780 employees, consisting of 150 in sales and marketing, 150 in research and development, 360 in customer support, and 120 general and administrative personnel. None of our employees are represented by unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We are not involved in any material disputes with any of our employees, and we believe that relations with our employees are satisfactory.

Properties

We lease our headquarters in Charleston, South Carolina which consists of approximately 230,000 square feet. The lease on our Charleston headquarters expires in July 2010, and we have the option for two 5-year renewal periods. We also lease facilities in Glasgow and Sydney. We believe that our properties are in good operating condition and adequately serve our current business operations. We also anticipate that suitable additional or alternative space, including those under lease options, will be available at commercially reasonable terms for future expansion.

Legal proceedings

From time to time we may become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of business. We believe that there are no claims or actions pending or threatened against us, the ultimate disposition of which would have a material adverse affect on us.

65

---

 

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table sets forth our executive officers and directors, and their ages and positions, as of May 31, 2004.

Name		Age		Position
Robert J. Sywolski		66		President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Timothy V. Williams		55		Chief Financial Officer, Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
Louis J. Attanasi		43		Vice President of Strategic Technologies
Richard S. Braddock		35		Vice President of Marketing
Charles T. Cumbaa		51		Vice President of Services and Development
Andrew L. Howell		37		General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Laura W. Kennedy		40		Vice President of Human Resources
Anthony J. Powell, CFRE		35		Vice President of Consulting Services
Edward M. Roshitsh		40		Vice President of Sales
Heidi H. Strenck		35		Vice President, Controller, Assistant Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
Christopher R. Todd		34		Vice President of Corporate Development
Germaine M. Ward		41		Vice President of Products
Gerard J. Zink		40		Vice President of Customer Support
Marco W. Hellman		43		Director, Chairman
Paul V. Barber		42		Director
Dr. Sandra R. Hernández		46		Director
Andrew M. Leitch		60		Director
Larry E. Robbins		52		Director
David R. Tunnell		34		Director

Robert J. Sywolski has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and a director since March 2000. From May 1998 until February 2000, Mr. Sywolski was a general partner at JMI Equity Fund, a private investment group. Prior to that, he spent twelve years as the Chairman and CEO of the North American Operations of Cap Gemini, a systems integration, management consulting and information technology services company. A member of the Association of Fundraising Professionals, Mr. Sywolski serves on the boards of the Medical University of South Carolina Cardio Vascular Institute, the South Carolina Aquarium, and ePhilanthropyFoundation.org. He also serves on the boards of Changepoint Corporation and METASeS. Mr. Sywolski holds a BA in electrical engineering from Widener University and an MBA from Long Island University.

Timothy V. Williams has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2001. Mr. Williams is responsible for all of our financial reporting and controls, as well as human resources, legal and administrative services. From January 1994 to January 2001 he served as Executive Vice President and CFO of Mynd, Inc. (now Computer Sciences Corporation), a provider of software and services to the insurance industry. Prior to that, Mr. Williams worked at Holiday Inn

66

---

 

Louis J. Attanasi has served as our Vice President of Strategic Technologies since 2000. Prior to that, he was our Vice President of Product Development since 1996. He joined us in 1986, and in 1988, he began managing our research and development efforts. From 1988 through 1995, Mr. Attanasi was responsible for our software design. Prior to joining us, he taught mathematics at the State University of New York at Stony Brook and worked as a programming engineer at Environmental Energy Corporation. Mr. Attanasi holds a BS in Mathematics from State University of New York at Stony Brook and a MS in Mathematics from the University of Charleston.

Richard S. Braddock has served as our Vice President of Marketing since July 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Braddock was a Marketing/ Private Equity Consultant for T.I.F.F., a nonprofit cooperative, from February 2003 until May 2003 and for Deutche Bank Venture Capital from June 2002 until January 2003. He was with iMediation Inc., a channel management vendor, from August 2000 until February 2002, most recently as Vice President of Marketing and Strategy, and the Vice President of Marketing for Prime Response, Inc., a customer relations management software company from January 1998 until April 2000. Mr. Braddock holds a BA from Dartmouth College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Charles T. Cumbaa joined us in May 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Cumbaa was an Executive Vice President with Intertech Information Management from December 1998 until October 2000. From 1992 until 1998 he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Cognitech, Inc., a software company he founded. Prior to that, he was employed by McKinsey & Company. Mr. Cumbaa holds a BA from Mississippi State University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Andrew L. Howell has been our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since July 2002. Prior to joining us, Mr. Howell practiced corporate and technology law, most recently with Sutherland Asbill & Brennan LLP. Mr. Howell received a BA from Washington & Lee University and a JD from Mercer University, where he served as Editor-in-Chief of the Law Review.

Laura W. Kennedy has been our Vice President of Human Resources since February 2003. She previously served as our Director of Human Resources from November 1996 to February 2003 and prior to that as Manager of Customer Support since 1993. Prior to joining us, Ms. Kennedy held accounting and management positions with Owens & Minor, Inc. and Media General, Inc. Ms. Kennedy holds a BA in accounting from Georgia State University.

Anthony J. Powell, CFRE, has served as our Vice President of Consulting Services since October 2002. Prior to that he served as Director of Consulting Services since July 1998. Before joining us, Mr. Powell was the Major Gifts Officer at the Smithsonian Institution from June 1997 to July 1998. Prior to that he was the Assistant Vice President for the Greater Baltimore Medical Center Foundation from February 1996 to January 1997. Mr. Powell holds a BA from Allegheny College.

Edward M. Roshitsh has been our Vice President of Sales and Marketing since August 2000. From October 1990 until August 2000, he served in a variety of capacities at Data Processing Sciences Corporation, most recently as their Vice President of Sales. Mr. Roshitsh spent several years in the U.S. Air Force as a Network Communications Expert and holds a BA from Indiana Wesleyan University.

67

---

 

Heidi H. Strenck has served as our Vice President and Controller since October 2002. Ms. Strenck joined us in September 1996 and held key management roles as Accounting Manager from 1996 until 1997 and as Controller until 2002. Prior to joining us, she served as a Senior Associate with Coopers & Lybrand and as Internal Auditor for The Raymond Corporation. Ms. Strenck serves on the board of directors of the Trident Area Salvation Army. Ms. Strenck holds a BA in management/ accounting from Hartwick College.

Christopher R. Todd, our Vice President of Corporate Development, joined us in July 2000. He heads our business development efforts and oversees our analytics division. Prior to joining us, Mr. Todd served as the Director of Business Development and Legal Affairs for NetGen Inc. from July 1999 until July 2000 and as an Associate with McKinsey & Co. from July 1997 until July 1999. Mr. Todd holds a BA from Harvard College and a JD from Yale Law School.

Germaine M. Ward has been our Vice President of Products since April 2002. From April 1998 to April 2002, Ms. Ward served as the Vice President for several divisions of Iomega Corporation, most recently Media, Applications and Software. Prior to that, Ms. Ward spent seven years at Symantec Corporation. Ms. Ward holds a BA in computer science from Michigan Technological University.

Gerard J. Zink has served as our Vice President of Customer Support since June 1996. He joined us in November 1987, and served as a Customer Support Analyst and Manager of Customer Support before assuming his current position. Prior to joining us, Mr. Zink was employed as a computer consultant by the Diocese of Rockville Center in New York.

Marco W. Hellman has been a member of our board of directors since October 1999. Mr. Hellman was an associate and a Managing Director with Hellman & Friedman LLC between August 1987 and February 2001. Mr. Hellman holds a BA from University of California at Berkeley and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Paul V. Barber has served on our board of directors since October 1999. Mr. Barber has been a General Partner with JMI Equity Fund since 1998. He also serves on the boards of several privately held companies. Mr. Barber holds an AB in economics from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Dr. Sandra R. Hernández has served on our board of directors since July 2002. Ms. Hernández has served as the Chief Executive Officer of The San Francisco Foundation since September 1997. She has also been an Assistant Clinical Professor at the School of Medicine at the University of California at San Francisco since 1992 and has worked as a Medical Attending physician at the AIDS clinic at the San Francisco General Hospital. She serves on the Board of Directors of a number of nonprofit organizations, including the Lucille Packard Children’s Hospital, the American Foundation for AIDS Research and the Corporation for Supportive Housing. She holds a BA in psychology from Yale University and an MD from Tufts University School of Medicine.

Andrew M. Leitch was appointed to our board of directors in February 2004. Mr. Leitch was with Deloitte & Touche LLP for over 27 years, most recently serving as the Vice Chairman of the Management Committee, Hong Kong from September 1997 to March 2000. Mr. Leitch also serves on the board of directors of Citicorp Everbright China Fund Limited, Education OnLine USA, Inc., Consolidated Pass International Limited and Publishing and Broadcasting International Limited. Mr. Leitch is a Canadian chartered accountant and a licensed CPA in New York.

Larry E. Robbins has been a member of our board of directors since October 1999. He is a partner with the law firm of Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP located in Raleigh, North

68

---

 

David R. Tunnell has served on our board of directors since October 1999. Mr. Tunnell joined Hellman & Friedman LLC in 1994 and currently serves as a Managing Director. He serves on the board of directors of Arch Capital Group Ltd., a public limited liability company that provides property and casualty insurance and reinsurance products. Mr. Tunnell holds a BA from Harvard College and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Board composition

Our board of directors is composed of a majority of independent directors as defined under Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.

Our board of directors consists of seven directors, which are divided into three classes, each of whose members serve for a staggered three-year term. The board of directors will consist of three Class A directors, Paul V. Barber, Marco W. Hellman and Larry E. Robbins, two Class B directors, Dr. Sandra J. Hernández and Andrew M. Leitch, and two Class C directors, Robert J. Sywolski and David R. Tunnell. At each annual meeting of stockholders, one class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the Class A directors, Class B directors and Class C directors expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meetings of stockholders held during the calendar years 2005, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

Our bylaws provide that the number of directors constituting the board of directors shall not be less than five nor more than nine, and the exact number of directors may be fixed or changed, within this range, by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors. This classification of the board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or management of our company.

Pursuant to an Investor Rights Agreement dated as of October 13, 1999 among us and certain of our stockholders, those stockholders were granted the right to designate two representatives on our board of directors. The right to designate representatives to our board of directors will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Board committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee is comprised entirely of independent directors in accordance with Nasdaq Marketplace Rules.

Our audit committee is comprised of Andrew M. Leitch, Chairman, Paul V. Barber and Dr. Sandra J. Hernández. The audit committee provides assistance to our board of directors in its oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, the qualifications and independence of our independent auditors, the performance of our internal audit functions, the procedures undertaken by the independent auditors and our compliance with other regulatory and legal requirements. Our audit committee operates pursuant to a formal written charter.

Our compensation committee is comprised of Marco W. Hellman, Chairman, Paul V. Barber and David R. Tunnell. The compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations to our

69

---

 

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Paul V. Barber, Chairman, Andrew M. Leitch and David R. Tunnell. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for identifying and recommending qualified nominees to serve on our board of directors as well as developing and overseeing our internal corporate governance processes.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

No member of our compensation committee serves or in the past has served as a member of another entity’s board of directors or compensation committee, which entity has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Compensation of directors

Members of the board of directors are entitled to receive an annual cash retainer of $7,500. All directors are also entitled to receive $3,000 for each Board meeting attended. The chairperson of the audit committee is entitled to receive an additional $5,000 per year.

Beginning in February 2004, each incoming member to our board of directors is entitled to receive a one-time option grant to purchase that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient of $120,000 divided by the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, such option to vest over three years. Each member of the board of directors will receive an annual option grant to purchase that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient of $40,000 divided by the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, such option to vest over three years. In addition, if the chairperson of the board of directors is not an executive officer, he or she will receive annual compensation of $10,000 in cash and an option to purchase that number of shares of common stock equal to the quotient of $180,000 divided by the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, such option to vest over three years. The exercise price for all these option grants will be the fair market value on the date of grant.

Indemnification and limitation of director and officer liability

Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors for monetary damages arising from a breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except to the extent otherwise required by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Such limitation of liability does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is made a party or threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was one of our directors or officers, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another enterprise, to the fullest extent allowed by the Delaware General Corporation Law. This right of indemnification shall include the right to be paid by us the amount of expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. However, if Delaware law so requires, the advancement of such expenses will only be made upon the delivery to us of an undertaking by or on behalf of

70

---

 

In addition, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we may maintain, at our expense, insurance to protect ourselves and any of our directors, officers, employees or agents against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify a person against any expense, liability or loss under Delaware law. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws further provide that we may, to the extent permitted by the board of directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to advancement of expenses, to any of our employees or agents. We have obtained insurance for the benefit of our officers and directors insuring such persons against liabilities, including liabilities under the securities laws.

Executive compensation

The following table sets forth summary information relating to compensation paid for services rendered for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, with respect to the compensation paid and bonuses granted to our Chief Executive Officer as well as each of our other four most highly compensated executive officers, each of whose aggregate compensation during the last fiscal year was greater than $100,000. For purposes of this prospectus, we will refer to the executive officers named in the table below as the named executive officers.

Summary compensation table

															Long-term
															compensation
			Annual compensation												Number of
															securities
											Other annual				underlying				All other
Name and principal position			Salary				Bonus(1)				compensation(2)				options (#)				compensation
Robert J. Sywolski				$525,000				$563,736				$8,625				5,638,791				$4,888	(3)
	President and Chief Executive Officer
Timothy V. Williams				275,000				134,971				8,400				1,000,000				6,607	(4)
	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Louis J. Attanasi				255,000				125,155				8,400				400,000				9,329	(5)
	Vice President
Gerard J. Zink				255,000				112,885				8,400				400,000				6,583	(6)
	Vice President of Customer Support
Germaine M. Ward				230,000				137,945				—				400,000				6,553	(7)
	Vice President of Products

(1) Includes a reimbursement for tax preparation services of $5,000 for Mr. Sywolski and a reimbursement for relocation expenses of $25,060 for Ms. Ward.

(2) Represents a perquisite for the dollar value of the use of a company automobile for Mr. Sywolski and an automobile allowance for each of Mr. Williams, Mr. Attanasi and Mr. Zink.

(3) Includes $3,981 for a matching contribution under our 401(k) plan and payment of $907 for life insurance premiums.

(4) Includes $6,000 for a matching contribution under our 401(k) plan and payment of $607 for life insurance premiums.

(5) Includes $6,000 for a matching contribution under our 401(k) plan, an equipment subsidy of $2,746 and payment of $583 for life insurance premiums.

(6) Includes $6,000 for a matching contribution under our 401(k) plan and payment of $583 for life insurance premiums.

(7) Includes $6,000 for a matching contribution under our 401(k) plan and payment of $553 for life insurance premiums.

71

---

 

Option grants in last fiscal year

There were no grants of stock options to any of our named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

Aggregated option exercises in last fiscal year and fiscal year-end option values

No named executive officers exercised any options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003.

The following table sets forth information about the exercisable and unexercisable options held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2003. The “Value of unexercised in-the-money options at December 31, 2003” is calculated based on the difference between the estimated fair market value of the common stock of $6.00 on December 31, 2003 and the exercise price for the shares underlying the option, multiplied by the number of shares issuable upon exercise of the option. All options were granted under our 1999, 2000 and 2001 Stock Option Plans.

		Number of shares underlying								Value of unexercised
		unexercised options								in-the-money options
		at December 31, 2003 (#)								at December 31, 2003
Name		Exercisable				Unexercisable				Exercisable				Unexercisable
Robert J. Sywolski			5,094,530				544,261			$	15,283,590			$	1,632,783
Timothy V. Williams			750,000				250,000				2,250,000				750,000
Louis J. Attanasi			358,462				41,538				1,069,848				107,998
Gerard J. Zink			358,462				41,538				1,069,848				107,998
Germaine M. Ward			100,000				300,000				300,000				900,000

Employment and severance agreements

In April 2004, we entered into a two year employment agreement with Robert J. Sywolski to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under the agreement, Mr. Sywolski is entitled to an annual base salary of $525,000 per year, subject to periodic review and adjustment by our compensation committee. Mr. Sywolski is also entitled to receive an annual bonus, 80% of which is based on attainment of revenue and EBITDA (excluding bonus expense) goals and 20% of which is based on the subjective evaluation of Mr. Sywolski’s performance by the compensation committee. Mr. Sywolski’s bonus is targeted at 80% of his annual base salary, but can increase to approximately 150% of his annual base salary if we exceed our revenue and EBITDA goals and Mr. Sywolski qualifies for the full amount of the subjective portion of his bonus. In addition, Mr. Sywolski’s bonus may be less than 80% of his base salary if we do not meet our revenue and EBITDA goals or he does not qualify for the full amount of the subjective portion of this bonus; provided that Mr. Sywolski has a guaranteed minimum bonus of $100,000 for 2004. Subject to certain exceptions, Mr. Sywolski is entitled to a severance payment equal to his base salary for the remainder of the term of the agreement if we terminate his employment without cause, if he is constructively terminated or if he terminates his employment upon a change in control. Pursuant to our prior employment agreement with Mr. Sywolski dated March 2000, we also granted Mr. Sywolski an option to purchase 5,638,791 shares of our common stock. Among other things, this option requires us to pay Mr. Sywolski 10% of his gain upon exercise, in order to help satisfy his tax obligations. Mr. Sywolski has agreed to certain confidentiality and non-competition provisions in his employment agreement.

72

---

 

We have also entered into at-will employment agreements with Timothy V. Williams, Louis J. Attanasi, Gerard J. Zink and Germaine M. Ward to employ each officer in their current positions, which agreements are dated January 2, 2001, December 17, 2002, December 17, 2002 and April 22, 2002, respectively. The relevant agreement provides for a base salary in the amount of $275,000 for Mr. Williams, $255,000 for Mr. Attanasi, $255,000 for Mr. Zink and $230,000 for Ms. Ward, each of which are subject to increase at the discretion of the board of directors or the compensation committee. Each officer is entitled to receive an annual bonus equal to 40% of their base salary based upon Blackbaud’s attainment of revenue and EBITDA (excluding bonus expense) goals, provided that the bonus for each officer can be increased up to 80% of his or her base salary if we exceed our revenue and EBITDA goals. In addition, the bonus amount of each executive is subject to increase or decrease based on the subjective evaluation of each officer by the compensation committee, but in no event will the bonus exceed 80% of such officer’s base salary. Each officer may participate in our executive bonus plan and all other employee benefit plans that we offer. Each agreement prohibits the officer from entering into employment with any direct competitor and from soliciting any employee of ours to leave us while the agreement is in effect and for two years after termination of the agreement. None of the agreements provide for any severance payments. The agreements have no set term.

Employee benefit and stock plans

Equity compensation plan information

(a)

(b)

(c)

Number of securities

Number of securities

remaining available for

to be issued upon

Weighted-average

issuance under equity

exercise of

price of

compensation plans

outstanding options,

outstanding options,

(excluding securities

Plan category

warrant and rights

warrant and rights

reflected in column (a))

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

2004 Stock Plan

—

N/A

1,850,000

2001 Stock Option Plan

6,557,406

$3.15

—

1999 Stock Option Plan

2,911,299

$3.00

—

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

2000 Stock Option Plan

5,638,791

$3.00

—

Description of plans

1999 Stock Option Plan, 2000 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan

Our 1999 Stock Option Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in October 1999. Our 2000 Stock Option Plan was adopted by our board of directors in May 2000. Our 2001 Stock Option Plan was adopted by our board of directors in July 2001 and approved by our stockholders at the annual stockholders meeting in May 2002. A total of 16,110,830 shares of our common stock were authorized and reserved for issuance under the 1999 Stock Option Plan, the 2000 Stock Option Plan and the 2001 Stock Option Plan, and options to purchase 15,235,215 shares of common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.08 per share, were outstanding under such plans as of March 31, 2004. In

73

---

 

Generally, options granted under the 1999 Stock Option Plan vest in eight equal semi-annual installments beginning on the 180th day after the date of grant. The option granted under the 2000 Stock Option Plan vested 25% on the date of grant, with the remainder vesting in eight equal semi-annual installments thereafter. Options granted under the 2001 Stock Option Plan vest in equal annual installments on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant. Subject to the terms of the plans, options may be transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution and, in the case of nonstatutory stock options, may also be transferred with the approval of our board of directors or a committee thereof to certain of the optionee’s family members. In the event of certain changes in control of our company, all outstanding options under the 1999 Stock Option Plan, 2000 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan shall become immediately exercisable.

2004 Stock Plan

Our 2004 Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors and our stockholders on March 23, 2004. A total of 1,850,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Plan. The 2004 Stock Plan is administered by our board of directors, or a committee consisting of members appointed by our board of directors, and provides for grants of “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as grants of non-statutory options and purchase rights. Generally, options granted under the 2004 Plan will vest as to 25% of the shares on the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant. Options may only be transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of certain changes in control of our company, all outstanding options and purchase rights under the 2004 Stock Plan shall either be assumed or replaced by the successor company, or upon proper written notice to the grantees, the options and purchase rights will terminate upon the change in control. As of the date of this prospectus, no options or purchase rights have been granted pursuant to the 2004 Stock Plan.

74

---

 

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of May 31, 2004, by the following individuals or groups:

•	each person or entity known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;
•	each of the named executive officers;
•	each of our directors;
•	all directors and executive officers as a group; and
•	each selling stockholder.

Beneficial ownership of a security is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. Under these rules, a person is deemed to beneficially own a share of our common stock if that person has or shares voting power or investment power with respect to that share, or has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of that share within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option or other right or the conversion or any other security. Shares issuable under stock options are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding options but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. The percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table is based upon 68,014,571 shares of capital stock outstanding as of May 31, 2004 after giving effect to our proposed repurchase, simultaneous with this offering, of                      shares of our common stock from Anthony E. Bakker.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o Blackbaud, Inc., 2000 Daniel Island Drive, Charleston, South Carolina 29492-7541. To our knowledge, except as indicated in the footnotes to this table and pursuant to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of capital stock. To our knowledge, at the time of the acquisition of the securities being sold in this offering the selling stockholders had no agreements, understandings or arrangements with any other persons, either directly or indirectly, to dispose of the securities acquired from us.

														Percentage of shares
		Beneficial								Beneficial				beneficially owned
		ownership				Shares to be sold in				ownership
		prior to				the offering or				after the				Before the				After the
Name		offering				repurchased				offering				offering				offering
Five percent stockholders:
Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P.(1)			42,410,769												62.36	%			%
H&F Orchard Partners III, L.P.(1)			3,117,278												4.58	%			%
H&F International Partners III, L.P. (1)(20)			929,144												1.37	%			%
Anthony E. Bakker(2)			9,694,532												14.25	%			%
Directors and executive officers:
David R. Tunnell(3)			46,457,191												68.30	%			%
Robert J. Sywolski(4)			5,638,791												7.66	%			%
Paul V. Barber(5)			3,330,265												4.90	%			%
Louis J. Attanasi(6)			843,189												1.23	%			%
Timothy V. Williams(7)			750,000												1.09	%			%

75

---

 

														Percentage of shares
		Beneficial								Beneficial				beneficially owned
		ownership				Shares to be sold in				ownership
		prior to				the offering or				after the				Before the				After the
Name		offering				repurchased				offering				offering				offering
Gerard J. Zink(8)			520,040												*				*
Charles T. Cumbaa(7)			350,000												*				*
Edward M. Roshitsh(7)			300,000												*				*
Christopher R. Todd(7)			254,741												*				*
Germaine M. Ward(7)			200,000												*				*
Laura W. Kennedy(7)			140,039												*				*
Heidi H. Strenck(7)			143,022												*				*
Anthony J. Powell(7)			126,070												*				*
Andrew L. Howell(7)			75,000												*				*
Dr. Sandra J. Hernández(7)			20,000												*				*
Marco W. Hellman(9)			—												—				—
Richard S. Braddock			—												—				—
Andrew M. Leitch			—												—				—
Larry E. Robbins			—												—				—
All executive officers and directors as a group (19 people)(10)			59,173,348												77.02	%			%
Other selling stockholders:
Gary F. Thornhill(11)			2,423,633												3.56	%			%
JMI Equity Fund IV, L.P.(12)			2,339,629												3.44	%			%
JMI Euro Equity Fund IV, L.P.(12)			747,079												1.10	%			%
JMI Equity Fund IV (A1), L.P.(12)			185,277												*				*
JMI Equity Side Fund, L.P.(13)			58,280												*				*
BT Investment Partners, Inc.(14)			832,565												1.22	%			%
Covestco-Insysco, LLC(15)			832,565												1.22	%			%
Timothy B. Smith			807,877												1.19	%			%
John L. Thompson(16)			646,303												*				*
Nigel W. H. Cooper(17)			646,302												*				*
Joseph J. Wezwick			646,302												*				*
Michael Catanzarite(18)			303,172												*				*
Deborah Feldman			239,115												*				*
Squam Lake Investors IV, L.P.(19)			166,514												*				*
Christian Bonacore			161,576												*				*
Tarek Haus Heiba			161,576												*				*

  * Less than 1%

  (1) These shares are currently held by Pobeda Partners Ltd., but ownership will be distributed to its stockholders as specified herein prior to the completion of the offering. Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P., H&F Orchard Partners III, L.P. and H&F International Partners III, L.P. are referred to as the “H&F Funds”. H&F Investors III is the sole general partner of the H&F Funds. Investment decisions for the H&F Funds with respect to the Blackbaud shares are made by the investment committee of H&F Investors III which is currently composed of Brian Powers, Warren Hellman, Thomas Steyer and Matthew Barger, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership in the Blackbaud shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Membership of the investment committee is subject to change from time to time. The address for each of the H&F Funds is One Maritime Plaza, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94111.

76

---

 

  (2) Includes 3,205,002 shares held by each of the 1999 Bakker EF Trust, the Anthony E. Bakker 1999 Retained Annuity Trust-TB and the Anthony E. Bakker 1999 Retained Annuity Trust-LC, of which the beneficiaries are Mr. Bakker’s children and Mr. Bakker retains investment control. Mr. Bakker disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the 1999 Bakker EF Trust except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

  (3) Consists entirely of those shares held by the H&F Funds (see footnote 1). Mr. Tunnell serves as a managing director of Hellman & Friedman LLC. Mr. Tunnell disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein.

  (4) Consists solely of shares of common stock obtainable upon the exercise of stock options. Does not include shares held by JMI Associates IV, L.L.C., of which Mr. Sywolski is a member.

  (5) Consists entirely of those shares held by JMI Equity Fund IV, L.P. and its affiliates of which Mr. Barber serves as a general partner. Mr. Barber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

  (6) Includes 160,249 shares held by the Louis J. Attanasi 1999 Retained Annuity Trust and 358,463 shares of common stock obtainable upon the exercise of stock options.

  (7) Consists solely of shares of common stock obtainable upon the exercise of stock options.

  (8) Includes 358,463 shares of common stock obtainable upon the exercise of stock options.

  (9) Excludes shares held by the H&F Funds, of which Mr. Hellman is a limited partner (see footnote 1). Mr. Hellman may be deemed to have an indirect pecuniary interest (within the meaning of Rule 16a-1 of the Exchange Act) in a portion of the shares beneficially owned by the H&F Funds.

(10) Includes the shares and shares underlying stock options specified in footnotes (3)–(8).

(11) Includes 1,201,876 shares held by the Gary F. Thornhill 1999 Retained Annuity Trust.

(12) These shares are currently held by Pobeda Partners Ltd., but ownership will be distributed to its stockholders as specified herein prior to the completion of the offering. JMI Equity Fund IV, L.P., JMI Euro Equity Fund IV, L.P. and JMI Equity Fund IV (A1), L.P. are referred to as the “JMI Funds”. JMI Associates IV, LLC is the sole general partner of the JMI Funds. Investment decisions for the JMI Funds with respect to the Blackbaud shares are made by the investment committee of JMI Associates IV, LLC which is currently composed of Paul V. Barber, Harry S. Gruner, Bradford D. Woloson, Charles E. Noell, III, Peter C. Arrowsmith and Robert Smith, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership in the Blackbaud shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Membership of the investment committee is subject to change from time to time. The address for each of the JMI Funds is 6109 Paseo Laredo, La Jolla, California 92037.

(13) These shares are currently held by Pobeda Partners Ltd., but ownership will be distributed to its stockholders as specified herein prior to the completion of the offering. Investment decisions for JMI Equity Side Fund IV (AI), L.P. with respect to the Blackbaud shares are made by Charles E. Noell, III, Paul V. Barber and Bradford D. Woloson, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership in the Blackbaud shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for JMI Equity Side Fund IV (AI), L.P. is 6109 Paseo Laredo, La Jolla, California 92037.

(14) These shares are currently held by Pobeda Partners Ltd., but ownership will be distributed to its stockholders as specified herein prior to the completion of the offering. BT Investment Partners, Inc. is a subsidiary of Deutsche Bank AG. Deutsche Bank AG has voting and dispositive authority over the shares of Blackbaud held by BT Investment Partners, Inc. BT Investment Partners, Inc. is an affiliate of Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc., Scudder Distributors, Inc. and Scudder Investor Services, Inc., each of which is a registered broker dealer that is not affiliated with the underwriters. BT Investment Partners, Inc. has represented to us that it acquired the shares of our stock owned by it in the ordinary course of business and that at the time of acquisition, it had no agreements, understandings or arrangements with any other persons, either directly or indirectly, to dispose of such shares. The address for BT Investment Partners, Inc. is c/o DB Corporate Investments 345 Park Avenue, 16th Floor, New York, New York 10154.

(15) These shares are currently held by Pobeda Partners Ltd., but ownership will be distributed to its stockholders as specified herein prior to the completion of the offering. Venteura Limited is the Managing Member of Covestco-Insysco LLC. Investment decisions for Covestco-Insysco, LLC with respect to the Blackbaud shares are made by the directors of Venteura Limited, currently Albin Johann, Anton Lotzer and Prince Eugen von Liechtenstein, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership in the Blackbaud shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Covestco-Insysco, LLC is c/o Venteura Limited, Postfach 130, Landstrasse II, FL-9495 Triessen, Liechtenstein.

(16) Includes 320,501 shares held by the John L. Thompson 1999 Retained Annuity Trust.

(17) Includes 160,249 shares held by the Nigel W. H. Cooper 1999 Retained Annuity Trust.

(18) Includes 141,596 shares obtainable upon exercise of stock options.

(19) These shares are currently held by Pobeda Partners Ltd., but ownership will be distributed to its stockholders as specified herein prior to the completion of the offering. GPI, Inc. is the Managing General Partner of Squam Lake Investors IV, L.P. GPI, Inc., through its two-member board of directors, has voting and dispositive authority over the shares held by Squam Lake Investors IV, L.P. Stephen Schaubert and Christopher Zook are the directors of GPI, Inc., and each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Squam Lake Investors IV, L.P., except to the extent of their indirect interest therein. The address for Squam Lake Investors IV, L.P. is 131 Dartmouth Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

Registration rights

As of December 31, 2003, the holders of approximately 67,854,195 shares of our common stock were entitled to rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act

77

---

 

All of the registration rights described above terminate with respect to any stockholder holding registration rights after the later of two years following the consummation of our initial public offering or the date on which such holder is able to dispose of all of his, her or its shares of our common stock having registration rights in a 90-day period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC. In addition, common stock ceases to be considered registrable securities when such common stock may be sold pursuant to Rule 144. These registration rights are also subject to certain conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters of an offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration and our right not to effect a requested registration within 180 days following the effective date of an offering of our securities pursuant to Form S-1, including the offering made by this prospectus.

We granted our Chief Executive Officer, Robert J. Sywolski, the right to include shares issued upon exercise of his stock option in any future registration of our securities, other than registrations relating solely to employee benefit plans, registrations made on Form S-4 or Form S-8, registrations pursuant to which we are offering to exchange our own securities, or registrations relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans. These registration rights terminate after the later of five years following the consummation of our initial public offering or the date on which Mr. Sywolski is able to dispose of all of his shares of our common stock

78

---

 

79

---

 

Certain relationships and related transactions

We describe below some of the transactions we have entered into with one or more of the selling stockholders. In addition, certain relationships and related transactions with respect to the selling stockholders and the underwriters are set forth in “Underwriting” beginning on page 92.

Lease agreement

We entered into a lease agreement dated as of October 13, 1999 with Duck Pond Creek, LLC to lease the space for our headquarters in Charleston, South Carolina. Duck Pond Creek is a South Carolina limited liability company, 60% of which is owned by Anthony E. Bakker, a stockholder who beneficially owns approximately 14% of our capital stock prior to this offering, and 4% of which is owned by each of Louis J. Attanasi and Gerard J. Zink, two of our named executive officers. Under this lease, we made payments to Duck Pond Creek totaling approximately $4.3 million in 2001, 2002 and 2003. The term of the lease is for 10 years with two five-year renewal options. The current annual base rent of the lease is approximately $4.3 million. The base rate escalates annually at a rate equal to the change in the consumer price index, as defined in the agreement. Based on publicly-available survey data on office space rental rates in our area at the time we entered into the lease, we believe that this lease agreement is on terms at least as favorable to us as could have been obtained from an unaffiliated third party.

Naming rights agreement

We are party to a trademark license and promotional agreement dated as of October 13, 1999 with Charleston Battery, Inc., pursuant to which we pay to Charleston Battery, Inc. an annual fee for the naming rights to a stadium located in Charleston, South Carolina named “Blackbaud Stadium”. Charleston Battery is principally owned by Anthony E. Bakker, a stockholder who beneficially owns approximately 14% of our capital stock prior to this offering. Under this agreement, we made payments to Charleston Battery of $200,000 in each of 2001, 2002 and 2003. This agreement is scheduled to terminate in October 2009. While we did not evaluate fees payable for naming rights to similarly sized stadiums in comparable markets, if any, we believe that the terms of this agreement are at least as favorable to us as could have been obtained from an unaffiliated third party.

Stock purchase agreement

We entered into a common stock purchase agreement dated as of June 1, 2001 with certain of our stockholders, pursuant to which such stockholders purchased an aggregate of 3,333,334 shares of our common stock at $3.00 per share. In this transaction, certain trusts established by Anthony E. Bakker, a stockholder who beneficially owns approximately 14% of our capital stock prior to this offering, acquired 2,000,001 shares of our common stock, and Louis J. Attanasi and Gerard J. Zink, two of our named executive officers, acquired 100,000 and 33,334 shares of our common stock, respectively.

Share repurchase agreement

Under our investor rights agreement, Mr. Bakker, who currently holds approximately 14% of our outstanding stock, has registration rights with respect to the shares to be repurchased under the share repurchase agreement described in this paragraph. In lieu of registration, we intend to enter into a share repurchase agreement with Mr. Bakker at the same net price per

80

---

 

The share repurchase agreement provides that the repurchase, if consummated, is contingent upon the simultaneous consummation of this offering and the shares repurchased will be cancelled thereafter, reducing dilution to stockholders. In addition, the share repurchase agreement confirms that Mr. Bakker will no longer have any registration rights after the repurchase and requires him to indemnify us for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which we become subject insofar as they arise out of, or are based on, statements provided to us by Mr. Bakker expressly for use in this prospectus pursuant to Items 403 and 507 of Regulation S-K.

The shares to be repurchased are being valued at the same price as the shares offered to you hereunder. They are of the same class of common stock as the shares we are offering and carry with them the same rights and preferences. Under our investor rights agreement, Mr. Bakker has registration rights with respect to the shares to be repurchased. The net proceeds to Mr. Bakker from the share repurchase are identical to the net proceeds he would have received had the shares been registered for sale to you in this offering.

After consultation with our advisors and accountants, our board of directors carefully considered the possible economic and legal consequences to us of the proposed share repurchase, including the advantages to stockholders of reduced dilution. The board unanimously determined that a share repurchase at a repurchase price equal to the price offered to you less the underwriting discounts would be in the best interests of Blackbaud and its stockholders.

Our board of directors includes one director who is a member of our management, one director who is affiliated with our largest stockholder, Hellman & Friedman, and five directors who are fully independent. See “Management — Board Composition”. None of our directors are affiliated with Mr. Bakker. Regardless of their affiliation, all of our directors have fiduciary duties under Delaware corporate law. Accordingly, to carry out its fiduciary duty, our board of directors consults its advisors and carefully considers various factors in approving any transaction that we might enter into.

81

---

 

Description of capital stock

On the closing of this offering, under our certificate of incorporation our authorized capital stock will consist of 180,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of May 31, 2004, there were 68,014,571 shares of common stock outstanding that were held of record by 20 stockholders. On the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Our board of directors may fix the relative rights and preferences of each series of preferred stock in a resolution of the board of directors.

Common stock

Voting rights

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders, and there are no cumulative voting rights. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy, subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any preferred stock.

Dividends

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends, if any, payable in cash, in stock or otherwise if, as and when declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, subject to any preferential rights that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock.

Other rights

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of our company, after payment in full of all outstanding debts and other liabilities, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all remaining assets, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. No shares of common stock have preemptive rights or other subscription rights to purchase additional shares of common stock. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued on completion of this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. All shares of common stock which are acquired by us shall be available for reissuance by us at any time.

Preferred stock

On the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding. Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to an aggregate of 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to determine, with respect to any such class or series, the designations, powers, preferences and rights of such class or series, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series or the designation of such class or series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The

82

---

 

The voting and other rights of the holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future.

Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Certain of the provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws discussed below may have the effect of making more difficult or discouraging a tender offer, proxy contest or other takeover attempt. Those provisions, summarized below, include a classified board of directors with staggered terms and requirements for advance notice of actions proposed by stockholders for consideration at meetings of the stockholders. These provisions are expected to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increasing our ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware anti-takeover law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless:

•	the board of directors approves the transaction in which the stockholder became an interested stockholder prior to the date the interested stockholder attained that status;
•	when the stockholder became an interested stockholder, he or she owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and certain shares owned by employee benefits plans; or
•	on or subsequent to the date the business combination is approved by the board of directors, the business combination is authorized by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the voting stock of the corporation at an annual or special meeting of stockholders.

Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an “interested

83

---

 

Our certificate of incorporation provides that Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P., H&F Orchard Partners III, L.P., H&F International Partners III, L.P., or any successor to all or substantially all of their assets, or any affiliate thereof, or any person or entity to which any of the foregoing stockholders transfers shares of our voting stock in a transaction other than an underwritten, broadly distributed public offering, regardless of the total percentage of our voting stock owned by such stockholder or such person or entity, shall not be deemed an “interested stockholder” for purposes of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

The existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of our common stock.

Certificate of incorporation and bylaws provisions

Classified board of directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors, as nearly equal in number as possible, with each class serving a staggered term of three years. Any vacancy on the board of directors, regardless of the reason for the vacancy, may be filled by vote of the majority of the directors then in office, except in the case of a vacancy caused by action of our stockholders, which vacancy may only be filled by our stockholders. Directors may be removed from office at any time with or without cause, but only by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors and could also discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company and may maintain the incumbency of our board of directors, as the classification of the board of directors generally increases the difficulty of replacing a majority of the directors.

Advance notice requirement for stockholder proposals. Our bylaws contain an advance notice procedure for stockholders proposals to be brought before a meeting of stockholders, including any proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. Stockholders at a meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who has given to our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting, and who has otherwise complied with our bylaws. Although the bylaws do not give our board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates for election to our board of directors or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting of the stockholders, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company. By requiring advance notice of other proposed business, the stockholder advance notice procedure will also provide a more orderly procedure for conducting annual meeting of stockholders and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors, will provide the board of directors with an opportunity to inform stockholders, prior to such meetings, of any business proposed to be conducted at

84

---

 

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Wachovia Bank, N.A., and its telephone number is (800) 829-8432.

85

---

 

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sale of restricted shares

Upon the closing of this offering and the proposed simultaneous repurchase by us of shares from Anthony E. Bakker, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately                          shares of common stock. Of these shares, the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 of the Securities Act. All remaining shares held by our existing stockholders were issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144, Rule 144(k) and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our common stock (excluding the shares sold in this offering) will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

•	shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus;
•	shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and
•	shares will be eligible for sale, upon the exercise of vested options, 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

The remaining                      shares held by existing stockholders will become eligible for sale at various times on or before                , 200 .

Lock-up agreements

An aggregate of                    shares outstanding as of                , 2004, representing over           % of our outstanding shares, will be subject to “lock-up” agreements on the effective date of this offering. Our executive officers and directors and certain other existing stockholders have agreed with the underwriters not to sell or otherwise dispose of any of their shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf of the underwriters may, however, in its sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares from the restrictions in these lock-up agreements. To the extent that any of our stockholders have not entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters, substantially all of these stockholders are subject to separate lock-up agreements with us, which agreements provide that these stockholders may not sell their shares for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We have agreed with the underwriters not to release any of these

86

---

 

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or to market makers, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

•	1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding (which will equal approximately                     shares immediately after this offering); or
•	the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are generally subject to the availability of current public information about us.

Based upon the number of shares outstanding at                     , 2004 after giving effect to our proposed repurchase, simultaneous with this offering, of shares of our common stock from Anthony E. Bakker, an aggregate of approximately                    shares of our common stock will be eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144, subject to the volume restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. However, all but                     of such shares are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of such agreements, generally 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144(k)

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of us at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, is entitled to sell shares without having to comply with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, “144(k) shares” may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering. Based upon the number of shares outstanding at                     , 2004 after giving effect to our proposed repurchase, simultaneous with this offering, of shares of our common stock from Anthony E. Bakker, an aggregate of approximately                     shares of our common stock will be eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) after the date of this prospectus. However, all but                     of such shares are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of such agreements.

Rule 701

Under Rule 701, certain of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquire shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering are entitled to sell shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period and notice filing requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates,

87

---

 

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 along with the shares acquired upon exercise of the options (including exercises after the date of this prospectus). Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by “affiliates” under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period requirements.

Based upon the number of shares outstanding at                     , 2004 after giving effect to our proposed repurchase, simultaneous with this offering, of shares of our common stock from Anthony E. Bakker, an aggregate of approximately                    shares of our common stock which are outstanding as of                     , 2004 and approximately                    shares of our common stock that may be acquired upon exercise of options outstanding as of                     , 2004 will be eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 701 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the vesting provisions that may be contained in individual option agreements. However, all of such shares are subject to the lock-up agreements described above and will only become eligible for sale upon the expiration or termination of such agreements.

88

---

 

U.S. federal tax considerations for

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of our common stock and is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which we refer to as the “Code”), Treasury regulations thereunder, existing rulings of the Internal Revenue Service (which we refer to as the “IRS”) and judicial decisions, all of which are subject to change. Any such change could apply retroactively and could adversely affect the consequences described below.

As used in this summary, a “U.S. Person” is:

•	an individual who is a citizen of the United States or who is resident in the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
•	a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, that is created or organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;
•	a partnership, or other entity taxable as a partnership, that (1) is created or organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and (2) is not treated as a foreign partnership under applicable Treasury regulations;
•	an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
•	a trust (1) that is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and for which one or more U.S. persons (as described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions, or (2) that was treated as a domestic trust on August 19, 1996, and has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

As used in this summary, a “non-U.S. Holder” is any person who is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock and who is not a U.S. Person.

This summary does not discuss U.S. federal tax consequences to U.S. holders. It also does not discuss all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances or that may be relevant to certain holders that are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (for example, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, financial institutions, dealers in securities, persons who hold shares as part of a straddle, hedging, constructive sale, or conversion transaction and persons who acquire shares through exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation for services). This summary does not address certain special rules that apply to non-U.S. Holders that are “controlled foreign corporations,” “foreign personal holding companies,” “passive foreign investment companies” or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax. Furthermore, this summary does not address any aspects of state, local or foreign taxation. This summary is limited to those persons that hold shares of our common stock as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. In the case of any non-U.S. Holder who is an individual, the following discussion assumes that this individual was not formerly a U.S. citizen, and was not formerly a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

89

---

 

If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor.

This summary is included for general information only. Potential investors should consult their own tax advisors with respect to their particular circumstances.

Dividends on shares

A dividend received by a non-U.S. Holder (including a payment received in a redemption that does not qualify as an “exchange” under Section 302(b) of the Code) on shares of our common stock will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty), unless the dividend income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the Non-U.S. Holder (and the non-U.S. Holder provides us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI certifying such fact). This withholding applies even if the non-U.S. Holder has furnished the certification required to avoid backup withholding (see “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” below) with respect to the dividend. Any dividend that is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. Holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at normal graduated rates (and if the non-U.S. Holder is a corporation, the dividend may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax). In order to claim treaty benefits (such as a reduction in the rate of U.S. withholding tax), the non-U.S. Holder must deliver to us a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8IMY prior to the dividend payment. If the non-U.S. Holder is an entity that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a partnership, then unless the partnership has entered into a withholding agreement with the IRS, the partnership will be required, in addition to providing an IRS Form W-8IMY, to attach an appropriate certification by each partner, and to attach a statement allocating the dividend income among the various partners.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, then you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Sale of shares

Any gain or loss recognized by a non-U.S. Holder upon a sale of shares (including a redemption that qualifies as an “exchange” under Section 302(b) of the Code) will be a capital gain or loss. Any such capital gain will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless: (1) the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. Holder; (2) the non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (3) we are, or have been during certain periods preceding the disposition, a “United States real property holding corporation” and either our shares are not regularly traded on an established securities market or you have owned more than 5% of our common stock at any time during a specified period. If you are described in clause (1), you will be subject to tax on the gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and, if you are a foreign corporation, you may also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% of your effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are described in clause (2), you will be subject to a flat 30% tax on gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not

90

---

 

Backup withholding and information reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. Holder and the tax withheld (if any). This information may also be made available to the tax authorities in the non-U.S. Holder’s country of residence. A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to backup withholding on dividends on our shares if the owner of the shares certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. Person (such certification may be made on an IRS Form W-8BEN), or otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells shares through a U.S. office of a U.S. or foreign broker, the payment of the sale proceeds by the broker will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless the owner of the shares provides the certification described above (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. Person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. If a non-U.S. Holder sells shares through a foreign office of a broker, backup withholding is not required. Information reporting is required if (i) the broker does not have documentary evidence that the holder is not a U.S. Person, and (ii) the broker is a U.S. Person or has certain other connections to the United States.

Amounts withheld from a non-U.S. Holder under the backup withholding rules are generally allowable as a credit against the U.S. federal income tax liability (if any) of the non-U.S. Holder, and the non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld that exceed the non-U.S. Holder’s actual U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

U.S. estate tax

Any shares of our common stock that are held by an individual who is not a citizen of the United States and who is not domiciled in the United States at the time of his or her death generally will be treated as U.S.-situs assets for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and will be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, except as may otherwise be provided by an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence.

The preceding discussion of the material federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, you should consult your own tax advisor as to the particular tax consequences to you of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the applicability and effect of state, local or foreign tax laws, and of any proposed changes in applicable law.

91

---

 

Underwriting

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC are acting as joint book-running managers for this offering. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC and Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC are acting as co-managers for this offering.

We, our selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement covering the common stock to be sold in this offering. The selling stockholders are selling all of the common shares pursuant to this offering. Each underwriter has agreed to purchase the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name in the following table:

Name		Number of shares
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
Total

The underwriting agreement provides that if the underwriters take any of the shares presented in the table above, then they must take all of these shares. No underwriter is obligated to take any shares allocated to a defaulting underwriter except under limited circumstances. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business and the receipt of certificates, opinions and letters from us, our counsel and our independent auditors.

The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock, subject to the prior sale of shares, and when, as and if such shares are delivered to and accepted by them. The underwriters will initially offer to sell shares to the public at the initial public offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters may sell shares to securities dealers at a discount of up to $          per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $          per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering, the underwriters may vary the public offering price and other selling terms.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number shown in the table above, the underwriters have the option to buy up to an additional            shares of common stock from the selling stockholders to cover such sales. They may exercise this option during the 30-day period from the date of this prospectus. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase the shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above.

We have indicated to the underwriters an intention to purchase, simultaneously with this underwritten offering,                               shares of our common stock directly from Anthony E. Bakker in a private, non-underwritten transaction at the net per share price to be received by the selling stockholders in this underwritten offering. The repurchase, if consummated, is contingent upon the simultaneous consummation of this underwritten offering.

92

---

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

		Without				With
		over-allotment				over-allotment
		exercise				exercise
Per share		$				$
Total		$				$

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding discounts and commissions, will be approximately $          , which includes legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with registration and listing of our common stock.

The underwriters have advised us that they may make short sales of our common stock in connection with this offering, resulting in the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase pursuant to the underwriting agreement. The short position resulting from those short sales will be deemed a “covered” short position to the extent that it does not exceed the                    shares subject to the underwriters’ overallotment option and will be deemed a “naked” short position to the extent that it exceeds that number. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the trading price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase shares in this offering. The underwriters may reduce or close out their covered short position either by exercising the overallotment option or by purchasing shares in the open market. In determining which of these alternatives to pursue, the underwriters will consider the price at which shares are available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. Any “naked” short position will be closed out by purchasing shares in the open market. Similar to the other stabilizing transactions described below, open market purchases made by the underwriters to cover all or a portion of their short position may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock following this offering. As a result, our common stock may trade at a price that is higher than the price that otherwise might prevail in the open market.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Act of 1933, they may engage in transactions, including stabilizing bids or the imposition of penalty bids, that may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the shares of common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. A “stabilizing bid” is a bid for or the purchase of shares of common stock on behalf of the underwriters for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock. A “penalty bid” is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to claim the selling concession otherwise accruing to an underwriter or syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally sold by that underwriter or syndicate member is purchased by the underwriters in the open market pursuant to a stabilizing bid or to cover all or part of a syndicate short position. The underwriters have advised us that stabilizing bids and open market purchases may be effected on The Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

93

---

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the website maintained by certain underwriters and one or more of the underwriters in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the joint book-running managers and co-managers to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We, our executive officers and directors and our selling stockholders have agreed that, during the period beginning from the date of this prospectus and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, none of us will, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., except in limited circumstances, including the issuance of shares of common stock by us in connection with an acquisition, provided that the recipient of the shares agrees to be bound by these lock-up arrangements.

The underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares of common stock for our employees who express an interest in purchasing these shares of common stock in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased by these persons will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered in this offering. All sales of shares pursuant to the directed share program will be made at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The shares purchased by our employees in this directed share program will not be subject to the lock-up provisions described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of our common stock offered by them and that no sales to discretionary accounts may be made without prior written approval of the customer.

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol BLKB. The underwriters intend to sell shares of our common stock to a minimum of                     beneficial owners in lots of                     or more so as to meet the distribution requirements of this listing.

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders will negotiate the initial public offering price. In determining the initial public offering price, we, the underwriters and the selling stockholders expect to consider a number of factors in addition to prevailing market conditions, including:

•	the history of and prospects for our industry and for software companies generally;
•	an assessment of our management;
•	our present operations;
•	our historical results of operations;
•	the trend of our revenues and earnings; and
•	our earnings prospects.

We, the underwriters and the selling stockholders will consider these and other relevant factors in relation to the price of similar securities of generally comparable companies. Neither we, the

94

---

 

From time to time in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in and may in the future engage in commercial banking and/or investment banking transactions with us and our affiliates. Wachovia Bank, N.A., an affiliate of Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, is our transfer agent and is syndication agent and a lender under our current bank credit facility and receives customary fees relating thereto. We have also entered into a commitment letter with Wachovia Bank, N.A., for a new revolving credit facility which we anticipate will replace our existing credit facility.

The validity of the issuance of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP, Raleigh, North Carolina. Larry E. Robbins, a partner of Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP, serves on our board of directors. Legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York, and for the selling stockholders by Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP, Raleigh, North Carolina, except with respect to Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P., H&F Orchard Partners III, L.P. and H&F International Partners III, L.P., for whom such matters will be passed upon by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York, New York.

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of our common stock to be sold in the offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares to be sold in the offering, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits attached to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are not necessarily complete. As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information that we file at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement, are also available to you on the SEC’s web site http://www.sec.gov.

95

---

 

		Page
Report of independent registered public accounting firm			F-2
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004 (unaudited)			F-3
Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 (unaudited)			F-4
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 (unaudited)			F-5
Consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited)			F-6
Notes to consolidated financial statements			F-7

F-1

---

 

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Blackbaud, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Blackbaud, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) at December 31, 2003 and 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” as of January 1, 2002.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina
February 20, 2004

F-2

---

 

Blackbaud, Inc.

					December 31,
													March 31,
(in thousands, except share amounts)					2002				2003				2004
													(unaudited)
Assets
	Current assets:
		Cash and cash equivalents			$	18,703			$	6,708			$	6,085
		Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $1,209 and $1,222, respectively				13,148				14,518				14,623
		Other current assets				1,252				2,713				2,611
		Deferred tax asset, current portion				2,114				1,799				1,675
			Total current assets			35,217				25,738				24,994
	Property and equipment, net					6,701				6,621				6,702
	Deferred tax asset					88,829				86,966				85,050
	Goodwill					852				1,386				1,439
	Deferred financing fees, net					1,014				156				—
	Other assets					294				99				57
			Total assets		$	132,907			$	120,966			$	118,242
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
	Current liabilities:
		Trade accounts payable			$	2,116			$	2,590			$	1,731
		Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations				5,295				142				145
		Accrued expenses and other current liabilities				7,756				9,659				7,795
		Deferred revenue				39,047				43,673				43,765
			Total current liabilities			54,214				56,064				53,436
	Long-term debt and capital lease obligations					45,186				5,044				7
	Total liabilities					99,400				61,108				53,443
	Commitments and contingencies (Notes 8 and 10)
	Shareholders’ equity:
		Preferred stock; 5,000,000 shares authorized				—				—				—
		Common stock, no par value; 95,000,000 shares authorized, 67,776,656 and 67,854,195 shares issued and outstanding in 2002 and 2003, respectively				10,740				41,613				41,728
		Deferred compensation				—				(4,795	)			(3,799	)
		Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income				(233	)			518				351
		Retained earnings				23,000				22,522				26,519
			Total shareholders’ equity			33,507				59,858				64,799
			Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity		$	132,907			$	120,966			$	118,242

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

---

 

Blackbaud, Inc.

																Three months ended
				Year ended December 31,												March 31,
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)				2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
																(unaudited)
Revenue
	License fees			$	19,300			$	20,572			$	21,339			$	4,504			$	5,077
	Services				18,797				26,739				34,042				7,744				9,545
	Maintenance and subscriptions				47,022				52,788				58,360				14,099				15,779
	Other revenue				4,915				5,130				4,352				962				954
		Total revenue			90,034				105,229				118,093				27,309				31,355
Cost of revenue
	Cost of license fees				1,726				2,547				2,819				567				729
	Cost of services (of which $0, $0 and $3,342 in 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $622 and $294 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, was stock option compensation)				10,253				14,234				21,006				4,911				5,378
	Cost of maintenance and subscriptions (of which $0, $0 and $505 in 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $93 and $37 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, was stock option compensation)				11,733				10,588				11,837				2,835				2,660
	Cost of other revenue				2,750				3,611				3,712				805				860
		Total cost of revenue			26,462				30,980				39,374				9,118				9,627
Gross profit					63,572				74,249				78,719				18,191				21,728
	Sales and marketing				15,173				19,173				21,883				5,062				6,360
	Research and development				14,755				14,385				15,516				3,620				4,276
	General and administrative				9,031				10,631				11,085				2,823				2,851
	Amortization				2,239				1,045				848				48				32
	Costs of initial public offering				—				—				—				—				950
	Stock option compensation				—				—				23,691				5,446				667
		Total operating expenses			41,198				45,234				73,023				16,999				15,136
Income from operations					22,374				29,015				5,696				1,192				6,592
	Interest income				96				138				97				26				25
	Interest expense				(7,963	)			(4,410	)			(2,559	)			(863	)			(213	)
	Other (expense) income, net				(113	)			63				235				15				349
Income before provision for income taxes					14,394				24,806				3,469				370				6,753
	Income tax provision				5,488				9,166				3,947				421				2,756
Net income (loss)				$	8,906			$	15,640			$	(478	)		$	(51	)		$	3,997
Earnings (loss) per share
	Basic			$	0.13			$	0.23			$	(0.01	)		$	—			$	0.06
	Diluted			$	0.13			$	0.23			$	(0.01	)		$	—			$	0.05
Common shares and equivalents outstanding
	Basic weighted average shares				66,388,526				67,776,656				67,832,951				67,776,656				67,857,599
	Diluted weighted average shares				66,388,526				67,776,656				67,832,951				67,776,656				73,823,256
Summary of stock option compensation
	Cost of services			$	—			$	—			$	3,342			$	622			$	294
	Cost of maintenance and subscriptions				—				—				505				93				37
		Total cost of revenue			—				—				3,847				715				331
	Sales and marketing				—				—				1,817				336				254
	Research and development				—				—				2,341				456				174
	General and administrative				—				—				19,533				4,654				239
		Total operating expenses			—				—				23,691				5,446				667
		Total stock option compensation		$	—			$	—			$	27,538			$	6,161			$	998

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

---

 

Blackbaud, Inc.

																		Three months ended
						Year ended December 31,												March 31,
(in thousands)						2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
																		(unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)						$	8,906			$	15,640			$	(478	)		$	(51	)		$	3,997
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities
		Depreciation					2,552				2,447				2,781				666				624
		Amortization					2,239				1,045				848				48				32
		Stock option compensation					—				—				25,845				5,738				998
		Amortization of deferred financing fees					513				935				858				234				156
		Deferred taxes					5,400				9,010				2,178				35				2,040
		Changes in assets and liabilities, net of impact from acquisitions
			Accounts receivable				4,545				(1,844	)			(1,078	)			2,306				(26	)
			Other current assets and other assets				(504	)			(238	)			(1,424	)			(254	)			122
			Trade accounts payable				(1,234	)			69				470				(707	)			(862	)
			Accrued expenses and other current liabilities				(676	)			571				2,179				(2,271	)			(2,183	)
			Deferred revenue				3,253				4,835				4,407				(2,293	)			42
				Total adjustments			16,088				16,830				37,064				3,502				943
				Net cash provided by operating activities			24,994				32,470				36,586				3,451				4,940
Cash flows from investing activities
		Purchase of property and equipment					(2,451	)			(1,493	)			(2,666	)			(638	)			(695	)
		Purchase of net assets of acquired company					(574	)			(500	)			(1,082	)			—				(8	)
			Net cash used in investing activities				(3,025	)			(1,993	)			(3,748	)			(638	)			(703	)
Cash flows from financing activities
		Repayments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations					(24,918	)			(20,471	)			(45,295	)			(8,010	)			(5,033	)
		Proceeds from exercise of stock options					—				—				232				—				113
		Proceeds from sale of common stock					10,000				—				—				—				—
		Payment of deferred financing fees					(44	)			—				—				—				—
			Net cash used in financing activities				(14,962	)			(20,471	)			(45,063	)			(8,010	)			(4,920	)
Effect of exchange rate on cash and cash equivalents							30				(47	)			230				(109	)			60
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents							7,037				9,959				(11,995	)			(5,306	)			(623	)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year							1,707				8,744				18,703				18,703				6,708
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year						$	8,744			$	18,703			$	6,708			$	13,397			$	6,085
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information
	Cash paid during the year for
		Interest				$	7,462			$	3,683			$	1,285			$	543			$	26
		Taxes					29				195				1,612				132				69
Noncash activities
	Change in fair value of derivative instruments					$	216			$	(605	)		$	389			$	111			$	—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

---

 

Blackbaud, Inc.

															Accumulated
Year ended December 31,							Common stock								other								Retained				Total
(in thousands, except share			Comprehensive												comprehensive				Deferred				earnings				shareholders’
amounts)			income				Shares				Amount				income (loss)				compensation				(deficit)				equity (deficit)
Balance, December 31, 2000								64,443,322			$	740			$	(14	)		$	—			$	(1,546	)		$	(820	)
	Sale of common stock							3,333,334				10,000				—				—				—				10,000
	Derivative instruments		$	216				—				—				216				—				—				216
	Translation adjustment			36				—				—				36				—				—				36
	Net income			8,906				—				—				—				—				8,906				8,906
	Comprehensive income		$	9,158
Balance, December 31, 2001								67,776,656				10,740				238				—				7,360				18,338
	Derivative instruments		$	(605	)			—				—				(605	)			—				—				(605	)
	Translation adjustment			134				—				—				134				—				—				134
	Net income			15,640				—				—				—				—				15,640				15,640
	Comprehensive income		$	15,169
Balance, December 31, 2002								67,776,656				10,740				(233	)			—				23,000				33,507
	Exercise of stock options							77,539				232				—				—				—				232
	Derivative instruments		$	389				—				—				389				—				—				389
	Translation adjustment			362				—				—				362				—				—				362
	Deferred compensation related to options issued to employees			—				—				30,756				—				(32,448	)			—				(1,692	)
	Reversal of deferred compensation related to option cancellations			—				—				(115	)			—				115				—				—
	Amortization of deferred compensation			—				—				—				—				27,538				—				27,538
	Net loss			(478	)			—				—				—				—				(478	)			(478	)
	Comprehensive income		$	273
Balance, December 31, 2003								67,854,195				41,613				518				(4,795	)			22,522				59,858
	(unaudited)
	Exercise of stock options		$	—				37,922				113				—				—								113
	Translation adjustment			(167	)			—				—				(167	)			—				—				(167	)
	Deferred compensation related to options issued to employees			—				—				82				—				(82	)			—				—
	Reversal of deferred compensation related to option cancellations			—				—				(80	)			—				80				—				—
	Amortization of deferred compensation			—				—				—				—				998				—				998
	Net income			3,997				—				—				—				—				3,997				3,997
	Comprehensive income		$	3,830
Balance, March 31, 2004 (unaudited)								67,892,117			$	41,728			$	351			$	(3,799	)		$	26,519			$	64,799

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

---

 

Blackbaud, Inc.

1.      Organization and summary of significant accounting policies

Organization

Blackbaud, Inc. (the “Company”) is the leading global provider of software and related services designed specifically for nonprofit organizations and provides products and services that enable nonprofit organizations to increase donations, reduce fundraising costs, improve communications with constituents, manage their finances and optimize internal operations. In 2003, the Company had over 12,500 active customers distributed across multiple verticals within the nonprofit market including religion; education; foundations; health and human services; arts and cultural; public and societal benefits; environment and animal welfare; and international and foreign affairs.

Recapitalization

Prior to October 13, 1999, the Company was 100% owned by management shareholders. On October 13, 1999, the Company completed a transaction in which it used cash on hand and proceeds from a new term loan to repurchase a portion of its then outstanding common stock from management shareholders. On the same date, an entity controlled by certain investment partnerships, Pobeda Partners Ltd., also purchased shares of the Company’s common stock from management shareholders.

The Company accounted for the above transactions as a recapitalization. The stock repurchased by the Company was accounted for as a treasury stock transaction and the carrying values of the assets and liabilities did not change for financial reporting purposes. For income tax purposes, Pobeda and the management shareholders elected to treat the transaction under Section 338(h)(10) of the Internal Revenue Code; consequently, the tax basis of the assets and liabilities of the Company were restated to their fair values at the date of the transaction. The deferred tax asset resulting from differences in bases of the assets and liabilities between financial and income tax reporting has been accounted for as an increase in shareholders’ equity.

As part of the recapitalization transaction, the Company agreed to pay certain management shareholders and employees a total of $9,975,000 for past and future services. This amount was to be paid 25% at consummation of the recapitalization and the remainder ratably every six months over a three-year period.

Compensation expense for past services of $7,198,500 was recognized and expensed at the time of the recapitalization in 1999, because this amount was not contingent upon future service. The remainder was contingent upon future service and, accordingly, was recognized as expense ratably over the following three years. An employee who left the Company during the three year period forfeited $50,000 of this amount. Expense of $962,500, $950,000 and $814,000 was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively. Cash payments of $2,493,750 were made in each of the years ended December 31, 1999, 2000, and 2001 and $2,443,750 in the year ended December 31, 2002. The Company had no future obligation for these payments under the recapitalization agreement after December 31, 2002.

F-7

---

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2004 and for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 are unaudited and reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of the Company’s management, necessary for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows. All financial statement disclosures related to the three month period ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 are unaudited.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Areas of the financial statements where estimates may have the most significant effect include the allowance for doubtful accounts receivable, lives of tangible and intangible assets, impairment of long-lived assets, realization of the deferred tax asset, stock option compensation, revenue recognition and provisions for income taxes. Changes in the facts or circumstances underlying these estimates could result in material changes and actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenue is generated primarily by licensing its software products and providing support, training, consulting, technical, hosted software applications and other professional services for those products. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with SOP 97-2, “Software Revenue Recognition”, as modified by SOPs 98-4 and 98-9, as well as Technical Practice Aids issued from time to time by American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and in accordance with the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. (“SAB”) 104, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements”.

Under these pronouncements, the Company recognizes revenue from the license of software when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product has been delivered, the fee is fixed and determinable and collection of the resulting receivable is probable. The Company uses a signed agreement as evidence of an arrangement. Delivery occurs when the product is delivered. The Company’s typical license agreement does not include customer acceptance provisions; if acceptance provisions are provided, delivery is deemed to occur upon acceptance. The Company considers the fee to be fixed or determinable unless the fee is subject to refund or adjustment or is not payable within the Company’s standard payment terms. The Company considers payment terms greater than 90 days to be beyond its customary payment terms. The Company deems collection probable if the Company expects that the customer will be able to pay amounts under the arrangement as they become due. If the Company determines that collection is not probable, the Company postpones recognition of the revenue until cash

F-8

---

 

The Company recognizes revenue from maintenance services ratably over the contract term, which is one year. Maintenance revenue also includes the right to unspecified product upgrades on an if-and-when available basis. Subscription revenue includes fees for hosted solutions, data enrichment services and hosted online training programs. Subscription-based revenue and any related set-up fees are recognized ratably over the twelve-month service period of the contracts as there is no discernible pattern of usage.

The Company’s services, which include consulting, installation and implementation services, are generally billed based on hourly rates plus reimbursable travel and lodging related expenses. For small service engagements, less than $10,000, the Company frequently contracts for and bills based on a fixed fee plus reimbursable travel and lodging related expenses. The Company recognizes this revenue upon completion of the work performed. When the Company’s services include software customization, these services are provided to support customer requests for assistance in creating special reports and other minor enhancements that will assist with efforts to improve operational efficiency and/or to support business process improvements. These services are not essential to the functionality of the Company’s software and rarely exceed three months in duration. The Company recognizes revenue as these services are performed.

The Company sells training at a fixed rate for each specific class, at a per attendee price, or at a packaged price for several attendees, and revenue is recognized only upon the customer attending and completing training. The Company recognizes revenue from donor prospect research and data modeling services engagements upon delivery.

To the extent that the Company’s customers are billed and/or pay for the above described services in advance of delivery, the amounts are recorded in deferred revenue.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Property and equipment subject to capital leases are depreciated over the term of the lease. Upon retirement or sale, the cost of assets disposed of and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Construction-in-progress represents purchases of computer software and hardware associated with new internal system implementation projects, which had not been placed in service at the

F-9

---

 

Computer software costs represent software purchased from external sources for use in the Company’s internal operations. These amounts have been accounted for in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-1, “Accounting For The Cost of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use”.

Goodwill and intangible assets

In 2002, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, became effective. Under this new standard, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) eliminated amortization of goodwill. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, goodwill is no longer amortized, but instead is tested for impairment at least annually in the fourth quarter of each year using a discounted cash flow valuation methodology. Other intangible assets with finite lives continue to be amortized over their useful lives of three years in accordance with the adoption of SFAS No. 142, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”.

Identifiable intangible assets, namely technology and customer lists, that arose in connection with acquisitions have been amortized over their estimated useful lives ranging from three to five years.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties other than in a forced sale or liquidation. The financial instruments of the Company consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, long-term debt and capital leases at December 31, 2002 and 2003. The Company believes that the carrying amounts of these financial instruments, with the exception of long-term debt, approximate their fair values due to the immediate or short-term term maturity of these financial instruments at December 31, 2002 and 2003. Since the variable interest rate on the Company’s long-term debt is set for a maximum of 30 days, the Company believes that the carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value at December 31, 2002 and 2003. The Company paid off its term loan in the first calendar quarter of 2004 and there is no debt outstanding at March 31, 2004.

Deferred financing fees

Deferred financing fees represent the direct costs of entering into the Company’s credit agreement in October 1999. These costs are amortized as interest expense using the effective interest method. The principal balance of the term loan was paid off in the first calendar quarter of 2004, accordingly the remaining deferred financing fees were fully recognized as expense in the three month period ended March 31, 2004.

Deferred compensation and stock-based compensation plans

The Company accounts for stock option compensation based on the provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees”, which states that no compensation expense is recorded for stock options or other stock-based awards

F-10

---

 

Deferred compensation is amortized using the accelerated method over the vesting period of the related stock option in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 28. The Company recognized $27,538,000 of stock option compensation expense related to amortization of deferred compensation during the year ended December 31, 2003. The Company has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”, as amended by SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation Transition and Disclosure”, which requires compensation expense to be disclosed based on the fair value of the options granted at the date of the grant.

Had compensation cost been determined under the market value method using Black-Scholes valuation principles, net income (loss) would have been decreased (increased) to the following pro forma amounts:

															Three months ended
			Year ended December 31,												March 31,
(in thousands, except share amounts)			2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
															(unaudited)
Net income (loss), as reported			$	8,906			$	15,640			$	(478	)		$	(51	)		$	3,997
Total stock option compensation expense, net of related tax effects included in the determination of net income (loss) as reported				—				—				19,855				4,555				738
Total stock option compensation expense, net of related tax effects that would have been included in the determination of net income (loss) if the fair value method had been applied to all awards				(2,462	)			(1,636	)			(13,525	)			(3,219	)			(547	)
Pro forma net income			$	6,444			$	14,004			$	5,852			$	1,285			$	4,188
Earnings (loss) per share:
	Basic, as reported		$	0.13			$	0.23			$	(0.01	)		$	0.00			$	0.06
	Basic, pro forma		$	0.10			$	0.20			$	0.09			$	0.02			$	0.06
	Diluted, as reported		$	0.13			$	0.23			$	(0.01	)		$	0.00			$	0.05
	Diluted, pro forma		$	0.10			$	0.20			$	0.08			$	0.02			$	0.06

The pro forma amount reflects all options granted. Pro forma compensation cost may not be representative of that expected in future years.

F-11

---

 

Significant assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model computations are as follows:

														Three months
		Year ended December 31,												ended March 31,
		2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
														(unaudited)
Volatility			0.00%				0.00%				0.00%				0.00%				0.00%
Dividend yield			0.00%				0.00%				0.00%				0.00%				0.00%
Risk-free interest rate			6.04%				3.54%-6.69%				3.68%				3.87%				3.61%
Expected option life in years			6.81				7.27				7.47				7.39				7.52

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) was as follows:

		Foreign
		currency
		translation				Derivative
(in thousands)		adjustments				instruments				Total
Balance at December 31, 2000		$	(14	)		$	—			$	(14	)
Current period change			36				216				252
Balance at December 31, 2001			22				216				238
Current period change			134				(605	)			(471	)
Balance at December 31, 2002			156				(389	)			(233	)
Current period change			362				389				751
Balance at December 31, 2003			518				—				518
Current period change (unaudited)			(167	)			—				(167	)
Balance at March 31, 2004 (unaudited)		$	351			$	—			$	351

Total comprehensive income (loss) tax for the three months ended March 31, 2003 was $16,000.

Income taxes

Prior to October 13, 1999, the Company was organized as an S corporation under the Internal Revenue Code and, therefore, was not subject to federal income taxes. The Company historically made distributions to its shareholders to cover the shareholders’ anticipated tax liability. In connection with the recapitalization agreement, the Company converted its U.S. taxable status from an S corporation to a C corporation and, accordingly, since October 14, 1999 has been subject to federal and state income taxes. Upon the conversion and in connection with the recapitalization, the Company recorded a one-time benefit of $107,000,000 to establish a deferred tax asset as a result of the recapitalization agreement. This

F-12

---

 

Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We record our tax provision at the anticipated tax rates based on estimates of annual pretax income. To the extent that the final results differ from these estimated amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax provision in the period in which such determination is made and could have an impact on the deferred tax asset. Our deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded at an amount based upon a U.S. Federal income tax rate of 34%. This rate is based on our expectation that our deductible and taxable temporary differences will reverse over a period of years during which we will have average annual taxable income not exceeding $10.0 million per year. If our results of operations improve in the future, such that our average annual taxable income will be expected to exceed $10 million, we will record our deferred tax assets and liabilities at an amount reflecting an average expected U.S. Federal income tax rate of up to 35%, consistent with the corresponding expectation of higher taxable income. If such change is determined to be appropriate, it will affect the provision for income taxes during the period that the determination is made.

Foreign currency translation

The Company’s financial statements are translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with SFAS No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation”. For all operations outside the United States net assets are translated at the current rates of exchange. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate for the year and balance sheet accounts are translated at the period ending rate. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.

Software development costs

Software development costs have been accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 86, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed”. Under the standard, capitalization of software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility, subject to net realizable value considerations. To date, the period between achieving technological feasibility and the general availability of such software has substantially coincided; therefore, software development costs qualifying for capitalization have been immaterial. Accordingly, the Company has not capitalized any software development costs and has charged all such costs to product development expense.

Sales returns and allowance for doubtful accounts

The Company provides customers a 30-day right of return and maintains a reserve for returns which is estimated based on historical experience. Provisions for sales returns are charged against the related revenue items.

F-13

---

 

In addition, the Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts that reflects estimates of probable credit losses. Accounts are charged against the allowance after all means of collection are exhausted and recovery is considered remote. Provisions for doubtful accounts are recorded in general and administrative expense.

Below is a summary of the changes in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts.

		Balance												Balance
Year ended December 31,		at beginning												at end
(in thousands)		of period				Provision				Write-off				of period
2001		$	740			$	1,612			$	(1,818)			$	534
2002			534				1,155				(1,046)				643
2003			643				664				(955)				352

		Balance												Balance
Three months ended March 31, (unaudited)		at beginning												at end
(in thousands)		of period				Provision				Write-off				of period
2003		$	643			$	113			$	(393)			$	363
2004			352				82				(70)				364

Below is a summary of the changes in the Company’s allowance for sales returns.

		Balance												Balance
Year ended December 31,		at beginning												at end
(in thousands)		of period				Provision				Write-off				of period
2001		$	449			$	1,596			$	(1,376)			$	669
2002			669				1,365				(1,468)				566
2003			566				512				(208)				870

		Balance												Balance
Three months ended March 31, (unaudited)		at beginning												at end
(in thousands)		of period				Provision				Write-off				of period
2003		$	566			$	290			$	(22)			$	834
2004			870				209				(199)				880

Sales commissions

The Company pays sales commissions at the time contracts with customers are signed. To the extent that these commissions relate to revenue not yet recognized, these amounts are recorded as deferred sales commission costs. Subsequently, the commissions are recognized as expense in the same pattern as the revenue is recognized in accordance with SAB 101.

Below is a summary of the changes in the Company’s deferred sales commission costs.

		Balance												Balance
Year ended December 31,		at beginning												at end
(in thousands)		of period				Additions				Expense				of period
2001		$	—			$	555			$	(277)			$	278
2002			278				1,241				(1,041)				478
2003			478				1,908				(1,582)				804

		Balance												Balance
Three months ended March 31, (unaudited)		at beginning												at end
(in thousands)		of period				Additions				Expense				of period
2003		$	478			$	328			$	(211)			$	595
2004			804				552				(483)				873

F-14

---

 

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and were $389,000, $371,000 and $365,000 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and $54,000 and $75,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company evaluates the recoverability of its property and equipment and other assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. SFAS No. 144 requires that one accounting model be used for long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale, whether previously held and used or newly acquired. An impairment loss is recognized when the net book value of such assets exceeds the estimated future undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets or the business to which the assets relate. Impairment losses are measured as the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Derivatives

The Company used a derivative financial instrument to manage its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on its long term debt by entering into an interest rate exchange agreement, a swap.

On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, as amended by SFAS No. 137, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities— Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133— an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133”, SFAS No. 138, “Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities— an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133” and SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. These statements establish accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and require recognition of all derivatives as either assets or liabilities in the statements of financial position and measurement of those instruments at fair value. Changes in the fair value of highly effective derivatives are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The Company’s swap agreement has been designated and is effective as a cash flow hedge and, as such, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are substantially offset in the consolidated statement of operations by changes in the fair value of the hedged item. See note 9.

Shipping and handling

Shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and included in cost of license fees. The reimbursement of these costs by our customers is included in license fees.

Earnings (loss) per share

The Company computes earnings per common share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, “Earnings Per Share”. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 128, basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive potential common share equivalents then outstanding. Potential common shares consist of shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. The Company had

F-15

---

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and fully diluted earnings per share:

			Year Ended December 31,												Three months ended March 31,
(in thousands except
share amounts)			2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
															(unaudited)
Numerator:
Net income (loss)			$	8,906			$	15,640			$	(478	)		$	(51	)		$	3,997
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares				66,388,526				67,776,656				67,832,951				67,776,656				67,857,599
Add effect of dilutive securities:
	Employee stock options			—				—				—				—				5,965,657
Weighted average common shares assuming dilution				66,388,526				67,776,656				67,832,951				67,776,656				73,823,256
Earnings (loss) per share:
	Basic		$	0.13			$	0.23			$	(0.01	)		$	—			$	0.06
	Diluted		$	0.13			$	0.23			$	(0.01	)		$	—			$	0.05

New accounting pronouncements

In January 2002, the Emerging Issues Task Force of the FASB (“EITF”) reached a consensus on EITF Issue 01-14, “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for Out-of-Pocket Expenses Incurred”, which requires that reimbursements received for out-of-pocket expenses incurred be characterized as revenue in the income statement. The Company adopted EITF 01-14 effective January 1, 2002 and has made the appropriate reclassifications as required by EITF 01-14. Income resulting from reimbursable expenses is included in other revenue and was $1,252,000, $1,410,000 and $1,840,000 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $227,000 and $351,000 for the three month periods ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The associated expenses are included in cost of other revenue on the face of the statement of operations.

In July 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities”, which is effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002. The Company adopted SFAS No. 146 during fiscal year 2003. SFAS No. 146 nullifies EITF Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring)”, and requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized as incurred. The impact of SFAS No. 146 will be dependent upon decisions made by the Company in the future and has had no impact on the Company to date.

F-16

---

 

In January 2003, the Company adopted FIN No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others, an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34”. The interpretation requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, the entity must recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under that guarantee. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are effective for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The adoption of this interpretation has not had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or liquidity.

In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities”. This statement was subsequently amended under the provisions of FIN 46-R, which is effective for public entities no later than the end of the first reporting period ending after March 15, 2004. This interpretation clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements”, to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN No. 46 applies immediately to variable interest entities created after January 31, 2003, and to variable interest entities in which an enterprise obtains an interest after that date. The adoption of this interpretation has not had a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or liquidity.

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Liabilities and Equity”. This statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires that an issuer classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability. Many of those instruments were previously classified as equity. Most of the guidance in SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. The adoption of SFAS No. 150 has not had a material impact on the Company’s financial position.

2.      Acquisitions

In July 2002, to gain market share in the United Kingdom, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of AppealMaster, Ltd., a software company in the United Kingdom, for $500,000 and additional contingent payments based on future performance, which have been recorded as additional purchase price. This purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition. The excess consideration above the fair value of net assets acquired of $852,000 was recorded as goodwill, which is deductible for tax purposes, in July 2002. As a result of payments of contingent consideration of $431,000 and an increase of $103,000 resulting from foreign currency translation, the balance of goodwill at December 31, 2003 is $1,386,000. In addition, in 2003 the Company paid $62,000 to the previous controlling AppealMaster shareholder for consulting services, as defined in the acquisition agreement and recorded this amount as an expense. The Company may be required to pay up to an additional $360,000 contingent upon cash receipts from customers as defined in the agreement. To the extent that the Company is required to pay all or a portion of this amount, it will be treated as additional consideration and recorded as goodwill. No identifiable intangible assets were recorded as part of the AppealMaster purchase accounting.

F-17

---

 

During the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, the Company made other acquisitions that were not significant. These acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and the results of operations of the acquirees have been included in the consolidated statement of operations since the acquisition dates.

3.      Property and equipment

Property and equipment includes assets under capital lease for $1,830,000 and $1,830,000 on a gross basis and $1,020,000 and $750,000 on a net basis as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004, respectively. Property and equipment as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004, respectively, consisted of the following:

		Estimated
				December 31,
		useful life											March 31,
(in thousands)		(years)			2002				2003				2004
												(unaudited)
Equipment		3 - 5		$	4,031			$	4,494			$	4,749
Computer hardware		3 - 5			10,706				10,316				10,876
Computer software		3 - 5			2,699				3,428				3,923
Construction in progress		—			482				1,025				237
Furniture and fixtures		7			3,105				3,309				3,434
Leasehold improvements		term of lease			110				172				241
					21,133				22,744				23,460
Less: accumulated depreciation					(14,432	)			(16,123	)			(16,758	)
				$	6,701			$	6,621			$	6,702

Depreciation expense was $2,552,000, $2,447,000 and $2,781,000 for 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $668,000 and $635,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

4.      Goodwill

Goodwill consisted of the following as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004:

(in thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2001			$	—
	Acquisition			852
Balance at December 31, 2002				852
	Payment of contingent consideration			431
	Effect of foreign currency translation			103
Balance at December 31, 2003			$	1,386
	Payment of contingent consideration (unaudited)			8
	Effect of foreign currency translation (unaudited)			45
Balance at March 31, 2004 (unaudited)			$	1,439

F-18

---

 

5.      Other current assets

Other current assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004:

		December 31,
										March 31,
(in thousands)		2002				2003				2004
										(unaudited)
Deferred sales commission costs		$	478			$	804			$	873
Prepaid rent			66				467				477
Prepaid insurance			138				138				51
Prepaid data costs			—				107				63
Prepaid real estate commissions			84				107				99
Prepaid software maintenance and royalties			409				727				585
Other			77				363				463
		$	1,252			$	2,713			$	2,611

6.      Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004:

		December 31,
										March 31,
(in thousands)		2002				2003				2004
										(unaudited)
Accrued bonuses		$	2,964			$	2,990			$	1,043
Accrued costs of initial public offering			—				—				950
Accrued cash component of stock option compensation			—				1,693				1,693
Accrued commissions and salaries			957				1,386				511
Taxes payable			1,382				2,018				2,432
Other			2,453				1,572				1,166
		$	7,756			$	9,659			$	7,795

7.      Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue consisted of the following as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004:

		December 31,
										March 31,
(in thousands)		2002				2003				2004
										(unaudited)
Maintenance and subscriptions		$	33,187			$	37,077			$	36,068
Services			5,787				6,594				7,697
License fees and other			73				2				—
		$	39,047			$	43,673			$	43,765

F-19

---

 

8.      Long-term debt

On October 13, 1999, the Company entered into a $130,000,000 credit agreement with a group of banks. The credit agreement provides for an aggregate availability of $130,000,000, including a $115,000,000 term loan and a $15,000,000 revolving credit facility. Both facilities mature on September 30, 2005. The loans bear interest at the prime rate or Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin, as defined in the agreement, and are collateralized by all the property of the Company. The Company had no amounts outstanding on the revolving credit facility at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004. The term loan requires payments of principal quarterly with interest payable in either one-, two-, three-, or six-month periods as defined in the agreement. The interest rate on the term loan was 3.61% as of December 31, 2003. The agreement requires the Company to maintain certain financial covenants. The most restrictive covenants include (1) limitations on indebtedness of the Company; (2) certain restrictions on dividend distributions; (3) limitations on capital expenditures; (4) minimum interest coverage ratio; (5) maximum leverage ratio; and (6) minimum consolidated adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, all of the preceding as defined.

During 2001, the Company amended its credit agreement. As part of this amendment, Blackbaud LLC (“LLC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, was created. In addition, Blackbaud Europe and Blackbaud Pacific were incorporated in the United Kingdom and Australia, respectively. The Company transferred all of its operating assets to the LLC and then pledged both the stock and assets of the LLC, as well as 66% of its stock in both Blackbaud Europe and Blackbaud Pacific, to the bank as collateral for the Company’s outstanding term loan. This amendment also changed certain of the Company’s financial covenants and allowed for (1) up to $2.5 million in expansion expenditures to be incurred by the Company prior to June 30, 2002, as defined, and (2) modified the amount the Company could incur related to acquisition-related expenditures over the term of the agreement. As of December 31, 2003, the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants. The principal balance of the Company’s term loan was paid off during the first calendar quarter of 2004; accordingly, as of March 31, 2004, the Company had no remaining balance on the term loan.

The required future principal payments under the term loan outstanding as of December 31, 2003 were as follows (in thousands):

2004		$	—
2005			5,000
		$	5,000

Amortization expense for deferred financing costs was $513,000, $935,000 and $858,000 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $312,000 and $156,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. Of these amounts, $0, $422,000 and $345,000 in 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, represented charges associated with earlier than required principal repayment. The deferred financing fees have been fully amortized to interest expense as of March 31, 2004 as a result of making the final debt payment.

9.      Derivative financial instruments

The Company’s only derivative instrument, as defined under the various technical pronouncement discussed in note 1, is its interest rate swap.

F-20

---

 

The Company formally documents all relations between its hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk-management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the hedged items.

The Company has used interest rate swap agreements in the normal course of business to manage its exposure to interest rate changes. Such agreements are considered hedges of specific borrowings, and differences paid and received under the swap agreements are recognized as adjustments to interest expense. At December 31, 2002, the Company had an interest rate swap agreement that carried a total notional amount of $50,000,000, with the Company paying interest at a fixed rate of 2.738% and receiving a variable amount equal to the one-month Eurodollar rate (1.38% at December 31, 2002). The swap matured on December 29, 2003, and the notional amount of the swap decreased over time commensurate with scheduled repayments of the Company’s debt. The Company recorded interest expense in connection with the swap agreement of $750,000, $503,000 and $423,000 and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $144,000 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

The Company has no outstanding interest rate swap agreements, or other derivative instruments outstanding as of December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004.

10.      Commitments and contingencies

The Company currently leases office space and various equipment under operating leases and capital leases. Total rental expense was $3,064,000, $3,434,000 and $3,495,000 for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $846,000 and $796,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The future minimum lease commitments related to these agreements, as well as the lease agreement discussed below, are as follows:

Year ending December 31,		Operating				Capital
(in thousands)		leases				leases
2004		$	4,105			$	153
2005			4,282				44
2006			4,373				—
2007			4,385				—
2008			4,779				—
Thereafter			7,930				—
Total minimum lease payments		$	29,854				197
Less: portion representing interest							11
Present value of net minimum lease payments							186
Less: current maturities							142
Long-term maturities						$	44

F-21

---

 

Lease agreement

On October 13, 1999, the Company entered into a lease agreement for office space with Duck Pond Creek, LLC, which is owned by certain minority shareholders of the Company. The term of the lease is for ten years with two five-year renewal options by the Company. The annual base rent of the lease is $4,316,000 payable in equal monthly installments and is included in the above table. The base rate escalates annually at a rate equal to the change in the consumer price index, as defined in the agreement.

The Company has subleased a portion of its headquarters facility under various agreements extending through 2007. Under these agreements, rent expense was reduced by $1,171,000, $477,000 and $441,000 in 2001, 2002 and 2003 and $53,000 and $109,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. The operating lease commitments above will be reduced by minimum aggregate sublease commitments of $497,000, $393,000, $402,000, $395,000, $54,000 and $0 for the periods 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and thereafter, respectively. The Company has also received and expects to receive through 2015 quarterly South Carolina state incentive payments as a result of locating its headquarters facility in Berkley County, South Carolina. These amounts are recorded as a reduction of rent expense and were $0, $848,000 and $1,077,000 in 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $240,000 and $256,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively.

Other commitments

The Company has a commitment of $200,000 payable annually through 2009 for certain naming rights with an entity owned by a minority shareholder of the Company. The Company incurred expense under this agreement of $200,000 per year for each of the three years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 and $50,000 for the three month period ending March 31, 2004.

The Company utilizes third party relationships in conjunction with its products. The contractual arrangements vary in length from one to three years. One of these arrangements requires a minimum annual purchase commitment of $50,000, an amount which the Company has exceeded in each of the past three years.

Legal contingencies

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which have arisen in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe the amount of potential liability with respect to these actions will have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

F-22

---

 

11.      Income taxes

The following summarizes the components of the income tax expense:

														Three months ended
		Year ended December 31,												March 31,
(in thousands)		2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
														(unaudited)
Current provision		$	88			$	156			$	1,769			$	189			$	715
Deferred provision			5,400				9,010				2,178				232				2,041
Total provision		$	5,488			$	9,166			$	3,947			$	421			$	2,756

A reconciliation of the effect of applying the federal statutory rate and the effective income tax rate used to calculate the Company’s income tax provision is as follows:

														Three months ended
		Year ended December 31,												March 31,
		2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
														(unaudited)
Statutory federal income tax rate			34.0%				34.0%				34.0%				34.0%				34.0%
State income taxes			4.0				5.3				10.5				10.5				4.0
Effect of variable accounting applied to incentive stock options			—				—				73.7				73.7				1.6
Change in valuation allowance			—				(4.7	)			—				—				—
Other			0.1				2.4				(4.4	)			(4.4	)			1.2
Income tax provision			38.1%				37.0%				113.8%				113.8%				40.8%

The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax asset were as follows:

December 31,
										March 31,
(in thousands)		2002				2003				2004
										(unaudited)
Intangible assets		$	86,952			$	78,844			$	77,142
Net operating loss carryforward			1,691				—				—
Research and other tax credits			1,202				921				744
Effect of variable accounting applied to nonqualified stock options			—				7,647				7,907
Allowance for doubtful accounts			444				465				479
Other			654				888				453
			90,943				88,765				86,725
Less: current portion			2,114				1,799				1,675
Noncurrent portion		$	88,829			$	86,966			$	85,050

At December 31, 2003, the Company had utilized all of its net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.

F-23

---

 

12.      Shareholders’ equity

Preferred stock

The Company has authorized 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. No shares were issued and outstanding at December 31, 2003. The Company’s board of directors may fix the relative rights and preferences of each series of preferred stock in a resolution of the board of directors.

Common stock sale

During 2001, certain existing shareholders purchased an additional 3,333,334 shares of common stock for a total purchase price of $10,000,002. Proceeds from the sale were used to reduce the Company’s debt, as required in the debt agreement.

13.      Employee profit-sharing and stock option plans

The Company has a 401(k) profit-sharing plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees. Employees can contribute between 1% and 30% of their salaries in 2003, and between 1% and 15% of their salaries in 2002 and 2001, and the Company matches 50% of qualified employees’ contributions up to 6% of their salary. The Plan also provides for additional employer contributions to be made at the Company’s discretion. Total matching contributions to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 were $708,000, $582,000 and $1,015,000, and $343,000 and $360,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004. These contributions were offset by forfeitures of $0, $401,000 and $83,000 in 2001, 2002 and 2003, and $83,000 and $50,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. There was no discretionary contribution by the Company to the Plan in 2001, 2002 and 2003 and the three month period ending March 31, 2004 thus, there was no accrued liability for the Plan as of December 31, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004.

The Company has adopted three stock options plans: the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”), the 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”) and the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”) on October 13, 1999, May 2, 2000 and July 1, 2001, respectively. The Company’s board of directors administers the above plans and the options are granted at terms determined by them. The total number of authorized stock options under these plans is 16,110,830. All options granted under these plans have a 10-year contractual term.

The option agreements also provide that all unvested options vest upon a change in control of the Company, as defined.

The Company has granted options under the 1999 Plan to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, of which 3,004,394 are outstanding at December 31, 2003. The options granted under this plan have two vesting schedules. Options totaling 964,924 vest 37.5% after one and a half years following the grant date and the remaining 62.5% vest ratably over two and a half years at six-month intervals. The 2,097,144 remaining options vest ratably over four years at six-month intervals.

The Company has granted options under the 2000 Plan to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, of which 5,638,791 are outstanding at December 31, 2003. The options vest 25% on the date of grant and the remaining 75% vest in eight equal semi-annual installments beginning on September 30, 2000. In addition to the change in control provision, unvested options also become 50% vested upon consummation of an initial public offering. The option grant under the 2000 Plan also includes a provision whereby the Company will pay certain tax payments of the optionee. The inclusion of this provision requires the

F-24

---

 

The accrued cash component of stock option compensation in note 6 represents the tax payments that would be due the optionee under the 2000 Stock Option Plan at December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004. The amount has been calculated using the same assumptions used in estimating stock option compensation expense under the principles of variable accounting.

The Company has granted options under the 2001 Plan to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.00, $3.40 and $4.50 per share, of which 4,573,875, 1,859,664 and 165,000, respectively, are outstanding at December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004. Additionally, the Company has granted options under this plan to purchase shares of common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 and $5.65 per share, of which 75,000 and 21,239, respectively, are outstanding at March 31, 2004. The options vest in equal annual installments over four years from the date of grant. The option grants under this plan include a provision whereby the Company has the right to call shares exercised under the grants at a discount from fair market value if the employee is terminated for cause, as defined. This provision expires in the event of an initial public offering. The inclusion of this provision requires the Company to account for all options issued under this plan after January 18, 2001 as variable awards and record compensation expense for the difference between the exercise price and the fair market value of the stock at each reporting date.

The Compensation Committee has granted options at or above its estimate of fair market value at the date of grant.

F-25

---

 

A summary of the activity in the Company’s stock option plan is as follows:

						Weighted
						average
						exercise
		Shares				price
Options outstanding at December 31, 2000			12,688,294			$	3.00
Granted			2,176,614				3.00
Forfeited			(1,274,255	)			3.00
Options outstanding at December 31, 2001			13,590,653				3.00
Granted			1,803,775				3.16
Forfeited			(550,193	)			3.00
Options outstanding at December 31, 2002			14,844,235				3.02
Granted			1,284,615				3.54
Exercised			(77,539	)			3.00
Forfeited			(751,913	)			3.00
Options outstanding at December 31, 2003			15,299,398				3.07
Granted (unaudited)			96,239				5.14
Exercised (unaudited)			(37,922	)			3.00
Forfeited (unaudited)			(122,500	)			3.12
Options outstanding at March 31, 2004 (unaudited)			15,235,215			$	3.08

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2003:

Options outstanding														Options exercisable
						Weighted
						average				Weighted								Weighted
Range of						remaining				average								average
exercise						contractual				exercise								exercise
prices		Shares				life (in years)				price				Shares				price
$3.00			13,274,734				6.4			$	3.00				10,603,225			$	3.00
3.40			1,859,664				9.2				3.40				181,209				3.40
4.50			165,000				9.7				4.50				—				4.50
			15,299,398				6.7			$	3.07				10,784,434			$	3.01

F-26

---

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at March 31, 2004 (unaudited):

Options outstanding														Options exercisable
						Weighted
						average				Weighted								Weighted
Range of						remaining				average								average
exercise						contractual				exercise								exercise
prices		Shares				life (in years)				price				Shares				price
$3.00			13,151,812				6.2			$	3.00				11,178,215			$	3.00
3.40			1,822,164				8.9				3.40				253,612				3.40
4.50			165,000				9.4				4.50				—				0.00
5.00			75,000				9.9				5.00				—				0.00
5.65			21,239				9.9				5.65				—				0.00
			15,235,215				6.6			$	3.08				11,431,827			$	3.01

14.      Segment information

The Company has adopted SFAS No. 131, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information”. SFAS No. 131 establishes standards for the reporting by business enterprises of information about operating segments, products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The method of determining what information is reported is based on the way that management organizes the operating segments within the Company for making operational decisions and assessments of financial performance. The Company has determined that its reportable segments are those that are based upon internal financial reports that disaggregate certain operating information into six reportable segments. The Company’s chief operating decision maker, as defined in SFAS No. 131, is its chief executive officer, or CEO.

The CEO uses the information presented in these reports to make certain operating decisions. The CEO does not review any report presenting segment balance sheet information. The segment revenues and direct controllable costs, which include salaries, related benefits, third

F-27

---

 

																				Maintenance
				License				Consulting(1)				Education(2)				Analytic(3)				and
(in thousands)				fees				services				services				services				subscriptions				Other				Total
December 31, 2001
	Revenue			$	19,300			$	7,864			$	10,330			$	603			$	47,022			$	4,915			$	90,034
	Direct controllable costs				1,726				4,990				3,113				399				7,907				2,733				20,868
		Segment income			17,574				2,874				7,217				204				39,115				2,182				69,166
	Corporate costs not allocated																												5,594
	Operating expenses																												41,198
	Interest (income) expense, net																												7,867
	Other expense (income), net																												113
	Income before provision for income taxes																											$	14,394
December 31, 2002
	Revenue			$	20,572			$	11,884			$	12,667			$	2,188			$	52,788			$	5,130			$	105,229
	Direct controllable costs				2,547				6,643				4,297				895				7,388				3,592				25,362
		Segment income			18,025				5,241				8,370				1,293				45,400				1,538				79,867
	Corporate costs not allocated																												5,667
	Operating expenses																												45,185
	Interest (income) expense, net																												4,272
	Other expense (income), net																												(63	)
	Income before provision for income taxes																											$	24,806
December 31, 2003
	Revenue			$	21,339			$	17,434			$	12,997			$	3,611			$	58,360			$	4,352			$	118,093
	Direct controllable costs				2,819				8,836				4,178				1,845				8,562				3,684				29,924
		Segment income			18,520				8,598				8,819				1,766				49,798				668				88,169
	Corporate costs not allocated																												9,450
	Operating expenses																												73,023
	Interest (income) expense, net																												2,462
	Other expense (income), net																												(235	)
	Income before provision for income taxes																											$	3,469

F-28

---

 

																				Maintenance
				License				Consulting(1)				Education(2)				Analytic(3)				and
(in thousands)				fees				services				services				services				subscriptions				Other				Total
March 31, 2003 (unaudited)
	Revenue			$	4,504			$	3,621			$	3,288			$	835			$	14,099			$	962			$	27,309
	Direct controllable costs				567				2,251				1,089				237				2,038				798				6,980
		Segment income			3,937				1,370				2,199				598				12,061				164				20,329
	Corporate costs not allocated																												2,138
	Operating expenses																												16,999
	Interest (income) expense																												837
	Other expense (income), net																												(15	)
	Income before provision for income taxes																											$	370
March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
	Revenue			$	5,077			$	5,070			$	3,403			$	1,072			$	15,779			$	954			$	31,355
	Direct controllable costs				729				2,643				1,171				437				2,060				853				7,893
		Segment income			4,348				2,427				2,232				635				13,719				101				23,462
	Corporate costs not allocated																												1,733
	Operating expenses																												15,136
	Interest (income) expense																												189
	Other expense (income), net																												(349	)
	Income before provision for income taxes																											$	6,753

(1)	This segment consists of consulting, installation and implementation services.
(2)	This segment consists of customer training and other education services.
(3)	This segment consists of donor prospect research and data modeling services.

The Company also derives a portion of its revenue from its foreign operations. The following table presents revenue by geographic region based on country of invoice origin and identifiable and long-lived assets by geographic region based on the location of the assets.

(in thousands)			Domestic				Europe				Pacific				Total
Revenue from external customers:
	2002		$	99,214			$	4,870			$	1,145			$	105,229
	2003			107,363				9,393				1,337				118,093
	Three months ended March 31, 2003 (unaudited)			25,038				1,972				299				27,309
	Three months ended March 31, 2004 (unaudited)			27,771				3,210				374				31,355
Long-lived assets:
	December 31, 2002		$	96,838			$	852			$	—			$	97,690
	December 31, 2003			93,896				1,332				—				95,228
	March 31, 2004 (unaudited)			91,478				1,770				—				93,248

F-29

---

 

The Company generated license fee revenue from its principal products as indicated in the table below:

														Three months ended
		Year ended December 31,												March 31,
		2001				2002				2003				2003				2004
														(unaudited)
Raiser’s Edge		$	13,342			$	13,160			$	14,383			$	3,049			$	3,609
Financial Edge			4,432				5,724				5,570				1,154				1,258
Admission’s Office/ Registrar’s Office			1,526				1,688				1,217				301				151
Information Edge			—				—				169				—				59
		$	19,300			$	20,572			$	21,339			$	4,504			$	5,077

It is impractical for the Company to identify its other revenues by product category.

F-30

---

 

                                    shares

Common stock

Prospectus

Joint book-running managers

JPMorgan	Banc of America Securities LLC

---

Thomas Weisel Partners LLC	Wachovia Securities

                                    , 2004

Until                     , 2004, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

---

 

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13.      Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. Except as otherwise noted, the registrant will pay all of these amounts. All amounts except the SEC Registration Fee and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Filing Fee are estimated.

SEC Registration Fee			$	14,570.50
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Filing Fee			$	12,000.00
Printing Expenses				*
Legal Fees and Expenses				*
Accounting Fees and Expenses				*
Transfer Agent and Registrar Agent Fees				*
Miscellaneous				*
	Total			*

---

*	To be provided by amendment.

Item 14.      Indemnification of directors and officers

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law gives a corporation power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 145 also gives a corporation power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to

II-1

---

 

Section 145 also authorizes a corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides for the indemnification of officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have also agreed pursuant to our Investor Rights Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement) to indemnify certain stockholders party thereto against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The Underwriting Agreement (filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement) provides for the indemnification of our directors and officers in certain circumstances against certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

All of our directors and officers are covered by insurance policies maintained by us against certain liabilities for actions taken in their capacities as such, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Item 15.      Recent sales of unregistered securities.

During the past three years, the Company has issued unregistered securities in the transactions described below. Securities issued in such transactions were offered and sold in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 and/or Rule 701 promulgated thereunder, relating to sales by an issuer not involving any public offering. The sales of securities were made without the use of an underwriter and the certificates evidencing the shares bear a restricted legend permitting the transfer thereof only upon registration of the shares or an exemption under said Act.

1.	In June 2001, the Company sold a total of 3,333,334 shares of common stock to a total of 18 existing stockholders at a price of $3.00 per share.
2.	During 2001, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,176,614 shares of our common stock to certain of our employees and directors pursuant to our stock option plans.
3.	During 2002, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,803,775 shares of our common stock to certain of our employees and directors pursuant to our stock option plans.

II-2

---

 

4.	During 2003, we granted 1,284,615 options to purchase 1,284,615 shares of our common stock to certain of our employees and directors pursuant to our stock option plans. In addition, during 2003, we issued an aggregate of 77,539 shares of common stock upon the exercise of a stock option.
5.	From January 1, 2004 until June 15, 2004, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 96,239 shares of our common stock to certain of our employees and directors pursuant to our stock option plans. In addition, during this time period we issued an aggregate of 160,376 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options.

Item 16.      Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits

See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-5 of this registration statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

None.

Item 17.      Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

---

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Charleston, State of South Carolina, on this 15th day of June, 2004.

	BLACKBAUD, INC.

	By:	/s/ ROBERT J. SYWOLSKI

	Robert J. Sywolski
	President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature				Capacity		Date
/s/ ROBERT J. SYWOLSKI Robert J. Sywolski				President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)		June 15, 2004
/s/ TIMOTHY V. WILLIAMS* Timothy V. Williams				Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)		June 15, 2004
/s/ PAUL V. BARBER* Paul V. Barber				Director		June 15, 2004
/s/ MARCO W. HELLMAN* Marco W. Hellman				Director		June 15, 2004
/s/ DR. SANDRA R. HERNÁNDEZ* Dr. Sandra R. Hernández				Director		June 15, 2004
/s/ ANDREW M. LEITCH* Andrew M. Leitch				Director		June 15, 2004
/s/ LARRY E. ROBBINS* Larry E. Robbins				Director		June 15, 2004
/s/ DAVID R. TUNNELL* David R. Tunnell				Director		June 15, 2004
*By:		/s/ ROBERT J. SYWOLSKI Robert J. Sywolski, Attorney-in-Fact				June 15, 2004

II-4

---

 

Exhibit index

						Filed In
Exhibit						Registrant’s								Exhibit				Filed
Number				Description of Document		Form				Dated				Number				Herewith
	1	.1		Form of Underwriting Agreement.															X
	2	.1		Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reincorporation dated April 6, 2004			S-1				4/6/04				2	.1
	3	.1		Form of Certificate of Incorporation of Blackbaud, Inc. to be effective at the closing of the offering made pursuant to this registration statement.			S-1				4/6/04				3	.1
	3	.2		Form of By-laws of Blackbaud, Inc. to be effective at the closing of the offering made pursuant to this registration statement.			S-1				4/6/04				3	.2
	4	.1		Specimen Common Stock Certificate.			S-1				02/20/04				4	.1
	5	.1*		Opinion of Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered.
	10	.1		Investor Rights Agreement dated as of October 13, 1999 among Blackbaud, Inc. and certain of its stockholders.			S-1				02/20/04				10	.1
	10	.2		Employment and Noncompetition Agreement dated as of March 1, 2000 between Blackbaud, Inc. and Robert J. Sywolski			S-1				02/20/04				10	.2
	10	.3		Option Agreement dated as of March 8, 2000 between Blackbaud, Inc, and Robert J. Sywolski.			S-1				02/20/04				10	.3
	10	.4		Lease Agreement dated October 13, 1999 between Blackbaud, Inc., and Duck Pond Creek, LLC			S-1				02/20/04				10	.4
	10	.5		Trademark License and Promotional Agreement dated as of October 13, 1999 between Blackbaud, Inc. and Charleston Battery, Inc.			S-1				02/20/04				10	.5
	10	.6		Blackbaud, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended.			S-1				4/6/04				10	.6
	10	.7		Blackbaud, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended.			S-1				4/6/04				10	.7
	10	.8		Blackbaud, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended.			S-1				4/6/04				10	.8
	10	.9		Form of Software License Agreement.			S-1				02/20/04				10	.9
	10	.10		Form of Professional Services Agreement.			S-1				02/20/04				10	.10
	10	.11		Form of NetSolutions Services Agreement.			S-1				02/20/04				10	.11
	10	.12		Standard Terms and Conditions for Software Maintenance and Support			S-1				02/20/04				10	.12
	10	.13		Credit Agreement dated as of October 13, 1999 among Blackbaud, Inc., Bankers Trust Company, Fleet National Bank, First Union Securities, Inc. and the lenders party thereto.			S-1				4/6/04				10	.13

II-5

---

 

						Filed In
Exhibit						Registrant’s								Exhibit				Filed
Number				Description of Document		Form				Dated				Number				Herewith
	10	.14		First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 6, 1999 among Blackbaud, Inc., Bankers Trust Company, Fleet Boston Corporation, First Union Securities, Inc., and the lenders party thereto.			S-1				4/6/04				10	.14
	10	.15		Second Agreement to Credit Agreement dated as of December 19, 2000 among Blackbaud, Inc., Bankers Trust Company, Fleet Boston Corporation, First Union Securities, Inc., and the lenders party thereto.			S-1				02/20/04				10	.15
	10	.16		Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 16, 2001 among Blackbaud, Inc., Blackbaud, LLC, Bankers Trust Company, Fleet Boston Corporation, First Union Securities, Inc., and the lenders party thereto.			S-1				02/20/04				10	.16
	10	.17		Letter Agreement dated March 23, 2004 between the Company and certain of its stockholders relating to registration rights held by those stockholders.			S-1				04/06/04				10	.17
	10	.18		Employment and Noncompetition Agreement dated as of April 1, 2004 between Blackbaud, Inc. and Robert J. Sywolski.															X
	10	.19**		Software Transition Agreement dated as of January 30, 2004 between Blackbaud, Inc. and United Way of America.			S-1				04/06/04				10	.19
	10	.20		Blackbaud, Inc. 2004 Stock Plan			S-1				04/06/04				10	.20
	10	.21		Commitment Letter for Arrangement of Senior Credit Facility dated June 1, 2004 from Wachovia Bank, N.A.															X
	21	.1		Subsidiaries of Blackbaud, Inc.			S-1				02/20/04				21	.1
	23	.1		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.															X
	23	.2*		Consent of Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

---

*	To be filed by amendment.

**	Certain portions of this agreement have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and those portions have been filed separately with the SEC.

II-6

                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1

                           J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

                                 BLACKBAUD, INC.

                           _____Shares of Common Stock

                             Underwriting Agreement

                                                              ____________, 2004

J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

Banc of America Securities LLC
   As Representatives of the
   several Underwriters listed
   in Schedule I hereto

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

277 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10172

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      The stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the "Selling
Stockholders") propose to sell to the several Underwriters listed in Schedule I
hereto (the "Underwriters"), for whom you are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"), an aggregate of _______ shares and, at the option of the
Underwriters, up to an additional ________ shares of common stock, par value
$0.001 per share (the "Stock"), of Blackbaud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"). The aggregate of _______ shares to be sold by the Selling
Stockholders is herein called the "Underwritten Shares" and the aggregate of
___________ additional shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders is herein
called the "Option Shares". The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are
herein referred to as the "Shares".

      The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the several Underwriters
concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

      1. Registration Statement. The Company has prepared and filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder
(collectively, the "Securities Act"), a registration statement (File No.
333-112978) including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration
statement, as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the
information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act to be
part of the registration



                                                                               2

statement at the time of its effectiveness ("Rule 430 Information"), is referred
to herein as the "Registration Statement"; and as used herein, the term
"Preliminary Prospectus" means each prospectus included in such registration
statement (and any amendments thereto) before it becomes effective, any
prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the
Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the
time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430A Information, and the term
"Prospectus" means the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of the
Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the "Rule 462 Registration Statement"),
then any reference herein to the term "Registration Statement" shall be deemed
to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus.

      2. Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters. (a) Each of the Selling
Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell the Shares to the
several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the
basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and
subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly,
to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders at a purchase price per share
of $__________ (the "Purchase Price") the number of Underwritten Shares (to be
adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying
the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be sold by each of the Selling
Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II hereto
by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten
Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of
such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the
aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters
from all the Selling Stockholders hereunder.

      In addition, each of the Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent
indicated in Schedule II hereto agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell the
Option Shares to the several Underwriters and the Underwriters shall have the
option to purchase at their election up to [ ] Option Shares at the Purchase
Price. The Underwriters, on the basis of the representations and warranties
herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, shall have
the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from each of the Selling
Stockholders at the Purchase Price that portion of the number of Option Shares
as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by you so as
to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Option
Shares by a fraction the numerator of which is the maximum number of Option
Shares that such Underwriter is entitled to purchase and the denominator of
which is the maximum number of Option Shares that all of the Underwriters are
entitled to purchase hereunder. Any such election to purchase Option Shares
shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Option Shares to be sold by
each Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule II hereto.

      The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase the Option Shares at
any time (but not more than twice) on or before the thirtieth day following the
date of this Agreement, by written notice from the Representatives to the
Company and the Attorney-in-Fact (as defined below). Such notice shall set forth
the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option



                                                                               3

is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be
delivered and paid for which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date
(as hereinafter defined) but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor
later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date
of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the
provisions of Section 11 hereof). Any such notice shall be given at least two
Business Days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.

      The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters hereby agree
that up to [ ] of the Underwritten Shares to be purchased by Wachovia Capital
Markets, LLC (the "Designated Underwriter") under this Agreement (the "Directed
Shares") shall be reserved for sale by such Designated Underwriter for the
Company's employees (the "Directed Shares Purchasers") as part of the
distribution of the Underwritten Shares (the "Directed Share Program"). The
Underwritten Shares to be reserved and sold by the Designated Underwriter
pursuant to the Directed Share Program shall be sold by such Designated
Underwriter at the public offering price and shall be subject to the terms of
this Agreement, the applicable rules, regulations and interpretations of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and all other
applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Directed Shares purchased pursuant
to the Directed Share Program by the Company employees shall not be subject to
the clear market provision contained in Section 6(a) hereto. To the extent that
such Directed Shares are not orally confirmed for purchase by such persons by
the end of the first day after this Agreement, such Directed Shares will be
offered to the public as part of the offering contemplated hereby. Except as
expressly provided in Section 8(c) hereto, under no circumstances will the
Designated Underwriter or any other Underwriter be liable to the Company or to
any of the Directed Shares Purchasers for any action taken or omitted to be
taken other than any such action or inaction resulting primarily from the bad
faith or willful misconduct of the Designated Underwriter in connection with the
Directed Share Program.

      (b)   The Company and the Selling Stockholders understand that the
Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the
effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is
advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the
Prospectus. The Company and the Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that
the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an
Underwriter and that any such affiliate may offer and sell Shares purchased by
it to or through any Underwriter.

      (c)   Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately
available funds to the account specified by the Attorney-in-Fact (as defined
below), with regard to payment to the Selling Stockholders in the case of the
Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, 825 Eighth
Avenue, New York, New York 10019 at 10:00 A.M. New York City time on _____,
2004, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later
than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the
Attorney-in-Fact may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares,
on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the
written notice of the Underwriters' election to purchase such Option Shares. The
time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares are referred to herein
as the "Closing Date" and the time and date for such payment for the




                                                                               4

Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, are herein referred to as the
"Additional Closing Date".

      Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to
the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of
the Shares to be purchased on such date in definitive form registered in such
names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing
not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, with any transfer taxes payable in
connection with the sale of the Shares duly paid by the Company or the Selling
Stockholders, as the case may be. The certificates for the Shares will be made
available for inspection and packaging by the Representatives at the office of
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. set forth above not later than 1:00 P.M., New York
City time, on the business day prior to the Closing Date or the Additional
Closing Date, as the case may be.

      3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents
and warrants to each Underwriter and the Selling Stockholders that:

      (a)   Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of
any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each
Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material
respects with the Securities Act and did not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the
Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or
omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to
any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through
the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, such
information consisting solely of the information set forth as such in Section
8(c).

      (b)   Registration Statement and Prospectus. No order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission
and, to the Company's knowledge and belief, no proceeding for that purpose has
been initiated or threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective
date of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, the Registration
Statement complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities
Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the applicable
filing date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of
the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the
Prospectus or any wrapper or supplement prepared in connection with the
distribution of the Directed Shares will not contain any untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the
Company makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or
omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating


                                                                               5

to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter
through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, such information
consisting solely of the information set forth as such in Section 8(c).

      (c) Financial Statements. The financial statements and the related notes
thereto included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or any wrapper
or supplement prepared in connection with the distribution of the Directed
Shares comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the
Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the
rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the "Exchange
Act"), as applicable, and present fairly the financial position of the Company
and its subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their
operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such
financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
covered thereby, and the supporting schedules, if any, included in the
Registration Statement present fairly the information required to be stated
therein; and the other financial information included in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus or any wrapper or supplement prepared in connection
with the distribution of the Directed Shares has been derived from the
accounting records of the Company and its subsidiaries and presents fairly the
information shown thereby.

      (d) No Material Adverse Change. Since the date of the most recent
financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement and
the Prospectus or any wrapper or supplement prepared in connection with the
distribution of the Directed Shares, (i) there has not been any change in the
capital stock or increase in long-term debt of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside
for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock, or any
material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material
adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial
position, stockholders' equity, results of operations or prospects of the
Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither the Company nor any
of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement that is
material to the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any
liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company
and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of
its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference that is material to the
Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole with its business from fire,
explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from
any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or
arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each of (i), (ii)
and (iii) above as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus.

      (e) Organization and Good Standing. The Company and each of its
subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are
duly qualified to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in
which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their
respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and



                                                                               6

authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct
the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so
qualified or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the
aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties,
management, financial position, stockholders' equity, results of operations or
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole (a "Material
Adverse Effect"). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly,
any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed
in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

      (f) Capitalization. The Company has an authorized capitalization as set
forth in the Prospectus under the heading "Capitalization"; all the outstanding
shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the
Selling Stockholders) have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are
fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar
rights; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Prospectus,
there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive
rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or
exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the
Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement,
understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital
stock of the Company or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or
exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital
stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description
thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; and all the
outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary
of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid
and non-assessable, are owned directly or indirectly by the Company and, except
as described in or expressly contemplated by Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, are free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security
interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third
party.

      (g) Due Authorization. The Company has full right, power and authority to
execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder; and
all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution
and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the
transactions contemplated hereby has been duly and validly taken.

      (h) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by the Company.

      (i) The Shares. The Shares of the Company to be sold by the Selling
Stockholders hereunder (including Shares to be issued upon exercise of the
Options (as hereinafter defined)) have been duly authorized by the Company and,
when issued, if applicable, and delivered and paid for as provided herein, will
be duly and validly issued and will be fully paid and nonassessable and will
conform to the descriptions thereof in the Prospectus; and the initial issuance
and delivery of the Shares by the Company to the Selling Stockholders was not,
the issuance of Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Options will not be,
and the delivery of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement will not be,
subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

      (j) No Violation or Default. Neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar
organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no



                                                                               7

event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute
such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or
condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or
other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which
any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is
subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order,
rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory
authority, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such
default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a
Material Adverse Effect.

      (k) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company
of this Agreement, the initial issuance and delivery of the Shares by the
Company to the Selling Stockholders, the sale of the Shares to be sold by the
Selling Stockholders hereunder, the issuance by the Company of the Shares to be
issued upon exercise of the Options and the consummation by the Company of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement did not or will not, as applicable,
(i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or
provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or
imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of
trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or
any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its
subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the
provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law
or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator
or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and
(iii) above, for any such conflict, breach or violation that would not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

      (l) No Consents Required. No consent, approval, authorization, order,
registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental
or regulatory authority was or is required, as applicable, for the execution,
delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement, the initial issuance
and delivery of the Shares by the Company to the Selling Stockholders, the sale
of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder, the issuance by
the Company of the Shares to be issued upon the exercise of the Options and the
consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
except for (i) the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such
consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications
as may be required under applicable state securities laws, the rules and
regulations of the National Association of Securities Dealers or the NASDAQ
National Market, in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares
by the Underwriters and (ii) any other consent, approval, authorization, order,
registration or qualification that the failure of which to obtain would not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or would not
materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its
obligations under this Agreement.



                                                                               8

      (m) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Prospectus, there are no
legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings
pending to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be a party or
to which any property of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is or may be the
subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the
Company or any of its subsidiaries, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the
Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement; no such investigations,
actions, suits or proceedings have been threatened in writing to the Company or,
to the knowledge of the Company, contemplated by any governmental or regulatory
authority or threatened by others; and (i) there are no current or pending
legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are
required under the Securities Act to be described in the Prospectus that are not
so described and (ii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other
documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to
the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus that are not so filed or described.

      (n) Independent Accountants. PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP, who have audited
financial statements as of December 31, 2003 and 2002 and for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2003 of the Company and its subsidiaries, are
independent public accountants with respect to the Company and its subsidiaries
within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Professional Conduct of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and its interpretations and
rulings thereunder ("Independent Accountants"), and Arthur Andersen LLP and
Ernst & Young LLP, at the time that they were the Company's accountants, were
Independent Accountants.

      (o) Title to Real and Personal Property. The Company and its subsidiaries
have good and marketable title in fee simple to, or have valid rights to lease
or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property that are material to
the respective businesses of the Company and its subsidiaries, in each case free
and clear of all liens, encumbrances, claims and defects and imperfections of
title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and
proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries or (ii)
are disclosed in the Prospectus or (iii) could not reasonably be expected,
individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

      (p) Title to Intellectual Property. The Company and its subsidiaries own
or possess adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications,
trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark
registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and
other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information,
systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses;
and the conduct of their respective businesses will not conflict in any material
respect with any such rights of others, and the Company and its subsidiaries
have not received any notice of any claim of infringement or conflict with any
such rights of others except those claims or conflicts that could not be
expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

      (q) No Undisclosed Relationships. No relationship, direct or indirect,
exists between or among the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand,
and the directors, officers,



                                                                               9

stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries,
on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described.

      (r) Investment Company Act. The Company is not and, after giving effect to
the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof
as described in the Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" or an entity
"controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder (collectively, "Investment Company Act").

      (s) Taxes. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid all material
federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be
paid or filed through the date hereof; and except as otherwise disclosed in the
Prospectus, there is no material tax deficiency that has been, or could
reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.

      (t) Licenses and Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess all
licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have
made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or
foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the
ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their
respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as
described in the Prospectus or as it could not, individually or in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such
license, certificate, permit or authorization or has any reason to believe that
any such license, certificate, permit or authorization will not be renewed in
the ordinary course.

      (u) No Labor Disputes. No material labor disturbance by or material
dispute with employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to
the knowledge of the Company, is contemplated or threatened.

      (v) Compliance With Environmental Laws. The Company and its subsidiaries
(i) are in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and
foreign laws, rules, regulations, decisions and orders relating to the
protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic
substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, "Environmental
Laws"); (ii) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses or
other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct
their respective businesses; and (iii) have not received notice of any actual or
potential liability for the investigation or remediation of any disposal or
release of hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants,
except in any such case for any such failure to comply, or failure to receive
required permits, licenses or approvals, or liability as would not, individually
or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

      (w) Compliance With ERISA. Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning
of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"),



                                                                              10

that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any of its
affiliates for employees or former employees of the Company and its affiliates
has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and the requirements
of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not
limited to ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");
no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any such plan excluding
transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; and
for each such plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the
Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no "accumulated funding deficiency" as defined in
Section 412 of the Code has been incurred, whether or not waived, and the fair
market value of the assets of each such plan (excluding for these purposes
accrued but unpaid contributions) exceeds the present value of all benefits
accrued under such plan determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions.

      (x) Accounting Controls. The Company and its subsidiaries maintain systems
of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that
(i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or
specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to
assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific
authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with
the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with
respect to any differences.

      (y) Insurance. (i) The Company and its subsidiaries have insurance
covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses,
including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and
insures against such losses and risks as are (A) reasonable and customary for
their respective businesses and (B) adequate, in the Company's reasonable
belief, to protect the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective
businesses; and (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has (A)
received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital
improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order
to continue such insurance or (B) any reason to believe that it will not be able
to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to
obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be
necessary to continue its business.

      (z) No Unlawful Payments. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries
nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee or
other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution,
gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity;
(ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic
government official or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in
violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977; or (iv)
made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful
payment.

      (aa) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed in the
Prospectus, no subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or
indirectly, under any agreement or



                                                                              11

other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends
to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary's capital
stock, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary
from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary's properties or
assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company.

      (bb) No Broker's Fees. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is
a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than
this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any
of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder's fee
or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.

      (cc) No Registration Rights. Except as expressly disclosed in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, no person has the right to require
the Company or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under
the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with
the Commission or the issuance of the Shares to be issued in connection with the
exercise of the Options or, to the knowledge of the Company, the issuance and
sale of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders hereunder.

      (dd) No Stabilization. The Company has not taken, directly or indirectly,
any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result
in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

      (ee) Forward-Looking Statements. No forward-looking statement (within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange
Act) contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus has been made or
reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good
faith.

      (ff) Statistical and Market Data. Nothing has come to the attention of the
Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and
market-related data included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus is
not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all
material respects.

      (gg) The Options. The unissued Shares issuable upon the exercise of
options (the "Options") to be exercised by certain of the Selling Stockholders
(the "Optionholders") have been duly authorized by the Company and validly and
reserved for issuance, and at the time of delivery to the Underwriters with
respect to such Shares, such Shares will be issued and delivered in accordance
with the provisions of the Stock Option Agreements between the Company and such
Selling Stockholders pursuant to which such Options were granted (the "Option
Agreements") and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will
conform to the description thereof in the Prospectus.

      (hh) The Option Agreements. The Options were duly authorized and issued
pursuant to the Option Agreements and constitute valid and binding obligations
of the Company and the Optionholders are entitled to the benefits provided by
the Option Agreements; the Option Agreements were duly authorized, executed and
delivered and constitute valid and legally binding agreements enforceable
against the Company in accordance with their terms except as



                                                                              12

enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar
laws affecting creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating
to enforceability; and the Options and the Option Agreements conform to the
descriptions thereof in the Prospectus.

      (ii) Sarbanes-Oxley Act. There is and has been no failure on the part of
the Company or, to the knowledge of the Company, any of the Company's directors
or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any applicable
provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations
promulgated in connection therewith (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"), including
Section 402 related to loans.

      (jj) Directed Share Program. The Company has not offered, or caused the
Underwriters to offer, any Shares to any person pursuant to the Directed Share
Program with the specific intent to unlawfully influence (i) a customer or
supplier of the Company to alter the customer's or supplier's level or type of
business with the Company or (ii) a trade journalist or publication to write or
publish favorable information about the Company or its products.

      4. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders. Each of the
Selling Stockholders severally and not jointly represents and warrants to each
Underwriter that:

      (a) Required Consents; Authority. All consents, approvals, authorizations
and orders necessary for the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder
of this Agreement and the Power of Attorney (the "Power of Attorney") and the
Custody Agreement (the "Custody Agreement") hereinafter referred to, and for the
sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder
hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Stockholder has full right,
power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the
Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be
sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder; this Agreement, the Power of
Attorney and the Custody Agreement have each been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by such Selling Stockholder.

      (b) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by such Selling
Stockholder of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement,
the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and the
consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions herein and therein
contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of
any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in
the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property
or assets of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed
of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling
Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which
any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (ii)
result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar
organizational documents of such Selling Stockholder, if applicable, or (iii)
result in the violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or
regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory agency
applicable to such Selling Stockholder or applicable to any of the property or
assets of such Selling Stockholder, including the Shares to be sold by such
Selling Stockholder.



                                                                              13

      (c) Title to Shares. Such Selling Stockholder has good and valid title to
the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the
case may be, by such Selling Stockholder hereunder (other than the Shares to be
issued upon exercise of Options), free and clear of all liens, encumbrances,
equities or adverse claims; such Selling Stockholder will have, immediately
prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be,
assuming due issuance of any Shares to be issued upon exercise of Options, good
and valid title to such Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional
Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of
all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; and, upon delivery of the
certificates representing such Shares and payment therefor pursuant hereto, good
and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances,
equities or adverse claims (other than any such lien, encumbrance, equity or
adverse claim created by or resulting from an action taken by an Underwriter),
will pass to the several Underwriters.

      (d) No Stabilization. Such Selling Stockholder has not taken, directly or
indirectly, any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause
or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

      (e) Registration Statement and Prospectus. As of the applicable effective
date of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, the information in
the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto which relates
to such Selling Stockholder and which has been furnished in writing by or on
behalf of such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in such Registration
Statement, amendment or supplement did not and will not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not
misleading; and as of the applicable filing date of the Prospectus and any
amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the information in the Prospectus
and any amendment or supplement thereto or in any wrapper or supplement prepared
in connection with the distribution of the Directed Shares which relates to such
Selling Stockholder and which has been furnished in writing by or on behalf of
such Selling Stockholder expressly for use in such Prospectus, amendment,
supplement or wrapper will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in
order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not misleading; provided that such Selling Stockholder
makes no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions
made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any
Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the
Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, such information consisting
solely of the information set forth in Section 8(c).

      (f) Representations and Warranties of the Company. No fact has come to
such Selling Stockholder's attention which would cause such Selling Stockholder
to believe that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in
Section 3 are not true and correct, although such Selling Stockholder has not
performed an independent investigation with respect to any such facts, and such
Selling Stockholder is familiar with the Registration Statement and



                                                                              14

Prospectus and has no knowledge of any material fact, condition or information
not disclosed in the Prospectus that has had, or may have, a Material Adverse
Effect, although such Selling Stockholder has not performed an independent
investigation with respect to any such facts, conditions or information other
than any such facts, conditions or information relating solely to itself. Such
Selling Stockholder is not prompted by any material information concerning the
Company which is not set forth in the Prospectus to sell its Shares pursuant to
this Agreement.

      (g) No Registration Rights. Except as expressly disclosed in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there are no contracts, agreements or
understandings between such Selling Stockholder and any person granting such
person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under
the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company or to require
the Company to include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to
the Registration Statement.

      Each of the Selling Stockholders severally and not jointly represents and
warrants that certificates in negotiable form representing all of the Shares to
be sold by such Selling Stockholders hereunder other than any such Shares to be
issued upon the exercise of Options, have been, and each of the Selling
Stockholders who is selling Shares upon the exercise of Options represents and
warrants that duly completed and executed irrevocable Option exercise notices,
in the forms specified by the relevant Option Agreement, with respect to all of
the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholders hereunder have been, placed
in custody under a Custody Agreement relating to such Shares, in the form
heretofore furnished to you, duly executed and delivered by such Selling
Stockholder to Wachovia Equity Services, as custodian (the "Custodian"), and
that such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered Powers of
Attorney, in form satisfactory to the Representatives, appointing the person
indicated in Schedule II hereto, as such Selling Stockholder's Attorney-in-fact
(the "Attorney-in Fact") with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on
behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid
by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, to authorize
the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, to
authorize (if applicable) the exercise of the Options to be exercised with
respect to the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and
otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement.

      Each of the Selling Stockholders specifically agrees that the Shares
represented by the certificates or the irrevocable Option exercise notice, in
either case held in custody for such Selling Stockholder under the Custody
Agreement, are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, and that
the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the
appointment by such Selling Stockholder of the Attorney-in-Fact by the Power of
Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable. Each of the Selling Stockholders
specifically agrees that the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder
shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity
of any individual Selling Stockholder, or, in the case of an estate or trust, by
the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such
estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership, corporation or similar
organization, by the dissolution of such partnership, corporation or
organization, or by the occurrence of any other



                                                                              15

event. If any individual Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee
should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be
terminated, or if any such partnership, corporation or similar organization
should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the
delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing such Shares shall be
delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the
terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement, and actions
taken by the Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as
valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had
not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorney-in-Fact,
or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity,
termination, dissolution or other event.

      5. Further Agreements of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees
with each Underwriter that:

      (a) Effectiveness of the Registration Statement. The Company will use its
reasonable best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective
at the earliest possible time and, if required, will file the final Prospectus
with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule
430A under the Securities Act and the Company will furnish copies of the
Prospectus to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York
City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in
such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.

      (b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to
the Representatives, three signed copies of the Registration Statement as
originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits
and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy
of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto
(without exhibits) and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period, as many copies
of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements thereto) as the
Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term "Prospectus
Delivery Period" means such period of time after the first date of the public
offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a
prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered in
connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.

      (c) Amendments or Supplements. Before filing any amendment or supplement
to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the
Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed
amendment or supplement for review and will not file any such proposed amendment
or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object in a timely manner.

      (d) Notice to the Representatives. The Company will advise the
Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the
Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the
Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any
supplement to the Prospectus or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed;
(iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration
Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any
comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other
request by the



                                                                              16

Commission for any additional information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission
of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or
preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus
or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose; (vi) of the
occurrence of any event within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of
which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order
to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when
the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the
receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the
qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the
initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company
will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the
use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or suspending any such
qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as
soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.

      (e) Ongoing Compliance of the Prospectus. If during the Prospectus
Delivery Period (i) any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result
of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a
purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the
Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters
thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the
Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the
Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus
as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or
supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the
Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus
will comply with law.

      (f) Blue Sky Compliance. The Company will qualify the Shares for offer and
sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the
Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications
in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares, provided that no
such qualification shall require the Company to file a general consent to
service, to qualify as a foreign corporation or subject it to taxation as a
foreign corporation.

      (g) Earning Statement. The Company will make generally available to its
security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning
statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act
and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at
least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company
occurring after the "effective date" (as defined in Rule 158) of the
Registration Statement.

      (h) Clear Market. (i) For a period of 180 days after the date of the
initial public offering of the Shares, the Company will not (x) offer, pledge,
announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to



                                                                              17

sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or
dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Stock or any securities
convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock or (y) enter into any
swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of the Stock, whether any such transaction described
in clause (x) or (y) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other
securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of J.P.
Morgan Securities Inc., other than the Shares to be sold hereunder and any grant
of stock options or issuance of any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon
the exercise of options granted, in each case, under existing employee stock
option plans described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, so long
as the Company shall cause the recipients of such shares or options to execute
and deliver to you a "lock-up" agreement substantially in the form set forth as
Exhibit A hereto and (ii) to the extent that any stockholders of the Company are
subject to separate lock-up agreements with the Company (the "Company
Lock-Ups"), the Company will not release any such stockholders from the Company
Lock-Ups without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

      (i) No Stabilization. The Company will not take, directly or indirectly,
any action designed to or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result
in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.

      (j) Exchange Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to list for
quotation the Shares on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
Quotations National Market (the "NASDAQ National Market").

      (k) Reports. For a period of two years from the date of the initial public
offering, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are
available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other)
furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial
statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities
exchange or automatic quotation system.

      (l) Filings. The Company will file with the Commission such reports as may
be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

      (m) Restriction of Directed Shares. In connection with the Directed Share
Program, the Company will ensure that the Directed Shares will be restricted to
the extent required by the NASD. The Designated Underwriter will notify the
Company as to which potential Directed Share Purchasers, if any, will need to be
so restricted.

      6. Further Agreements of the Selling Stockholders. Each of the Selling
Stockholders covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:

      (a) Clear Market. For a period of 180 days after the date of the initial
public offering of the Shares, such Selling Stockholder will not (i) offer,
pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option
or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any
option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Stock or any securities convertible into
or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other
agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of



                                                                              18

the economic consequences of ownership of the Stock, whether any such
transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery
of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) make any demand
for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of
Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Stock
without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., in each case
other than the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder.

      (b) Tax Form. It will deliver to the Representatives prior to or at the
Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department
Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the Treasury
Department regulations in lieu thereof) in order to facilitate the Underwriters'
documentation of their compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions
of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the
transactions herein contemplated.

      7. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The obligation of each
Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the
Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided
herein is subject to the performance by the Company and each of the Selling
Stockholders of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and
to the following additional conditions:

      (a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order. The Registration Statement (or
if a post-effective amendment thereto is required to be filed under the
Securities Act, such post-effective amendment) shall have become effective, and
the Representatives shall have received notice thereof, not later than 5:00
P.M., New York City time, on the date hereof; no order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no
proceeding for such purpose shall be pending before or, to the Company's
knowledge and belief, threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus shall have
been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act and in accordance
with Section 5(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional
information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Representatives.

      (b) Representations and Warranties. The respective representations and
warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders contained herein shall be
true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of the Company
and its officers and of each of the Selling Stockholders made in any
certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on
and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

      (c) No Downgrade. Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this
Agreement, (i) no downgrading shall have occurred in the rating accorded any
securities or preferred stock of or guaranteed by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization", as
such term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the
Securities Act and (ii) no such organization shall have publicly announced that
it has under surveillance or review, or has changed its outlook with respect to,
its rating of any securities or preferred stock of or guaranteed by the Company
or any of its subsidiaries (other than an announcement with positive
implications of a possible upgrading).



                                                                              19

      (d) No Material Adverse Change. Subsequent to the execution and delivery
of this Agreement, no event or condition of a type described in Section 3(d)
hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not
described in the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and
the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it
impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of
the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may
be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the
Prospectus.

      (e) Officers' Certificate. The Representatives shall have received on and
as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, a
certificate (i) of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of
the Company and one additional senior executive officer of the Company who is
satisfactory to the Representatives (A) confirming that such officers have
carefully reviewed the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and, to the
knowledge of such officers, the representation of the Company set forth in
Section 3(b) hereof is true and correct, (B) confirming that the other
representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and
correct and that the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all
conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to
such Closing Date and (C) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d)
above and (ii) of the Selling Stockholders, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Representatives, (A) confirming that the representation of
such Selling Stockholders set forth in Section 4(e) hereof is true and correct
and (B) confirming that the other representations and warranties of such Selling
Stockholders in this agreement are true and correct and that the such Selling
Stockholders have complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on
their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing
Date.

      (f) Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date
or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Company,
letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the
Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily
included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the
financial statements and certain financial information contained in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus; provided, that the letter delivered
on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall
use a "cut-off" date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date
or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

      (g) Opinion of Counsel for the Company. Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP,
counsel for the Company, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the
request of the Company, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters,
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, to the
effect set forth in Annex A hereto.

      (h) Opinions for Selling Stockholders. (i) Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz,
counsel for Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P., H&F Orchard Partners
III, L.P., and H&F International Partners III, L.P. (collectively, "Hellman &
Friedman), shall have furnished to the



                                                                              20

Representatives, at the request of Hellman & Friedman, their written opinion,
dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and
addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
the Representatives, to the effect set forth in Annex B hereto, but only with
respect to Hellman & Friedman and (ii) Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP,
counsel for all of the Selling Stockholders other than Hellman & Friedman, shall
have furnished to the Representatives, their written opinion, dated the Closing
Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the
Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Representatives to the effect set forth in Annex B hereto, but only with respect
to Selling Stockholders other than Hellman & Friedman.

      (i) Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters. The Representatives shall
have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as
the case may be, an opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the
Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably
request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as
they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

      (j) No Legal Impediment to Issuance. No action shall have been taken and
no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued
by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that
would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may
be, prevent the issuance or sale of the Shares; and no injunction or order of
any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the
Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the
issuance or sale of the Shares.

      (k) Good Standing. The Representatives shall have received on and as of
the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be,
satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and its subsidiaries
in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as
foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may
reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of
telecommunication from the appropriate Governmental Authorities of such
jurisdictions.

      (l) Exchange Listing. The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for
listing on the NASDAQ National Market, subject to official notice of issuance.

      (m) Lock-up Agreements. The "lock-up" agreements, each substantially in
the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain shareholders, officers and
directors of the Company relating to sales and certain other dispositions of
shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the
date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or the
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.

      (n) Additional Documents. On or prior to the Closing Date or the
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders shall have furnished to the Representatives such further
certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.



                                                                              21

      All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or
elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the
provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to counsel for the Underwriters.

      8. Indemnification and Contribution.

      (a) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Company. The Company agrees
to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who
controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act
or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other
expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim
asserted, as such fees and expenses are reasonably incurred), joint or several,
that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any Preliminary
Prospectus, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact included in the supplement or prospectus wrapper material
distributed in connection with the reservation and sale of the Directed Shares
to the Company's employees, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, when considered in
conjunction with the Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, not misleading,
except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or
are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating
to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter
through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and
agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of
the information described as such in subsection (c) below; provided, that with
respect to any such untrue statement in or omission from any Preliminary
Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 8(a) shall not
inure to the benefit of any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors, officers,
employees, representatives, agents or any person who controls an Underwriter
within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act, if any, to the extent that in the final nonappealable judgment of
a court of competent jurisdiction: (i) the sale to the person asserting any such
loss, claim, damage or liability was an initial resale by such Underwriter, (ii)
any such loss, claim, damage or liability of or with respect to such Underwriter
results from the fact that to the extent required by applicable law, a copy of
the Prospectus was not sent or given to such person at or prior to the written
confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person and (iii) the Company has
sustained the burden of proof that the untrue statement in or omission from such
Preliminary Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus unless, in the case of
clause (ii), such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of
non-compliance by the Company with the provisions of Section 5 hereof.

      (b) Indemnification of the Company and the Underwriters by the Selling
Stockholders. Each of the Selling Stockholders severally and not jointly in
proportion to the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder
hereunder agrees to indemnify and hold



                                                                              22

harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration
Statement, each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls the Company or
such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or
Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, the legal fees and other
expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding
or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or
several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or any
Preliminary Prospectus, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state
therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of
a material fact included in the supplement or prospectus wrapper material
distributed in connection with the reservation and sale of the Directed Shares
to the Company's employees, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, when considered in
conjunction with the Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, not misleading, but,
in each case of (i) or (ii), only with reference to information relating to such
Selling Stockholder furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling
Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
(or any amendment or supplement thereto or any supplement or prospectus wrapper
material distributed in connection with the reservation and sale of the Directed
Shares) or any Preliminary Prospectus, and, except insofar as such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to
the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly
for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information
furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in
subsection (c) below; provided, that with respect to any such untrue statement
in or omission from any Preliminary Prospectus, the indemnity agreement
contained in this Section 8(b) shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter
or any person who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of
the Securities Act of Section 20 of the Exchange Act, if any, to the extent that
in the final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction: (i)
the sale to the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage or liability was
an initial resale by such Underwriter, (ii) any such loss, claim, damage or
liability of or with respect to such Underwriter results from the fact that to
the extent required by applicable law, a copy of the Prospectus was not sent or
given to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such
Shares to such person and (iii) the Selling Stockholder from whom such
Underwriter seeks an indemnity pursuant to this Section 8(b) has sustained the
burden of proof that the untrue statement in or omission from such Preliminary
Prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus unless, in the case of clause (ii),
such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the
Company with the provisions of Section 5 hereof. In no event shall the aggregate
liability of any Selling Stockholder under Section 8(b) together with any
liability of such Selling Stockholder under Section 8(f) exceed the proceeds,
net of underwriting discounts and commissions, received by such Selling
Stockholder in connection with such Selling Stockholder's sale of Shares
hereunder.



                                                                              23

      (c) Indemnification of the Company and the Selling Stockholders by the
Underwriters. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who signed the
Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within
the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange
Act and each of the Selling Stockholders to the same extent as the indemnity set
forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities (including, without limitation, the reasonable legal fees
and other reasonable expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or
proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred) that
arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged
untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any
information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by
such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement
thereto) or any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed upon that
the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the following
information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the
concession and reallowance figures appearing in the fourth paragraph under the
caption "Underwriting" and the information contained in the ninth and tenth
paragraphs under the caption "Underwriting" insofar as such paragraphs describe
passive market making.

      (d) Directed Shares. In connection with the offer and sale of Directed
Shares, the Company agrees, promptly upon written notice, to indemnify and hold
harmless the Designated Underwriter from and against any and all losses,
liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such Designated
Underwriter (i) as a result of the failure of any Directed Shares Purchaser, who
makes an oral agreement, properly confirmed by the Underwriters, to purchase
Directed Shares within twenty-four hours of establishing the public offer price,
to pay for and accept delivery of the Directed Shares, and (ii) related to,
arising out of, or in connection with the Directed Share Program, other than
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or expenses relating thereto) that, in
the final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, have
resulted primarily from the bad faith or willful misconduct of the Designated
Underwriter in connection with the Directed Share Program.

      (e) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any
governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or
asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought
pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8, such person (the
"Indemnified Person") shall promptly notify the person against whom such
indemnification may be sought (the "Indemnifying Person") in writing; provided
that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any
liability that it may have under this Section 8 except to the extent that it has
been materially prejudiced by such failure; and provided, further, that the
failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any
liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under this
Section 8. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an
Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof,
the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the
Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled
to indemnification pursuant to this Section 8 that the Indemnifying Person may
designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and



                                                                              24

expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such
proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own
counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of
such Indemnified Person unless: (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified
Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person
has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to
the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably
concluded, based upon advice of outside counsel, that there may be legal
defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those
available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such
proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying
Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same
counsel (based upon, in the case of the Indemnified Person, a reasonable
determination after receipt of advice from outside counsel) would be
inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is
understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with
any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local
counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall
be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any
Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of
such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.,
any such separate firm for the Company, its directors, its officers who signed
the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be
designated in writing by the Company and any such separate firm for the Selling
Stockholders shall be designated in writing by the Attorney-in-Fact. The
Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding
effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if
there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to
indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by
reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence,
if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying
Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as
contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any
settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such
settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying
Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have
reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the
date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written
consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or
threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could
have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such
Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release
of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to
such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject
matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any
admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
Indemnified Person.

      (f) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a),
(b), (c) and (d) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient
in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein,
then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such
Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities



                                                                              25

(i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand, and the
Underwriters on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the
allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such
proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred
to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, in connection
with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages
or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the
one hand, and the Underwriters on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same
respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received
by the Company and the Selling Stockholders from the sale of the Shares and the
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in
connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the
Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative
fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand, and the
Underwriters on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by the Company and the Selling Stockholders or by the Underwriters and
the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity
to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

      (g) Limitation on Liability. The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution
pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the
Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the
equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (f) above. The amount paid or
payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and
liabilities referred to in paragraph (f) above shall be deemed to include,
subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such
action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, in no event
shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the
amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by
such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount
of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by
reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from
any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The
Underwriters' obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several
in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.
The Selling Stockholders' obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8
are several in proportion to their respective receipt of net proceeds (before
expenses) hereunder and not joint. The Selling Stockholders' limitation on
liability under this Section 8, including without limitation for contribution,
is as set forth in Section 8(b).

      (h) Non-Exclusive Remedies. The remedies provided for in this Section 8
are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise
be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.



                                                                              26

      9. Effectiveness of Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective upon
the later of (i) the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto and
(ii) receipt by the Company and the Representatives of notice of the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or, if applicable, any
post-effective amendment thereto).

      10. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute
discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company and the Selling
Stockholders, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to
the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional
Closing Date: (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially
limited on or by any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange
or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; (ii) trading of any
securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any
exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on
commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York
State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation
of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis,
either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the
Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or
inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the
Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms
and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement and the Prospectus.

      11. Defaulting Underwriter. (a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional
Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to
purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the
non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of
such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company and the Selling
Stockholders on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after
any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not
arrange for the purchase of such Shares, then the Company and the Selling
Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to
procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to
purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree
to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting
Underwriters or the Company and the Selling Stockholders may postpone the
Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five
full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel
for the Company, counsel for the Selling Stockholders or counsel for the
Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus
or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly
prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the
Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term
"Underwriter" includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context
otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule I hereto that, pursuant to
this Section 11, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but
failed to purchase.

      (b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the
Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting
Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph
(a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing
Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be,



                                                                              27

does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased
on such date, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right
to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that
such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such
Underwriter's pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such
Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting
Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.

      (c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the
Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting
Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph
(a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing
Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of
the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company
and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in paragraph
(b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date,
the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing
Date, as the case may be, shall terminate without liability on the part of the
non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this
Section 11 shall be without liability on the part of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders, except that the Company will continue to be liable for the payment
of expenses as set forth in Section 12 hereof and except that the provisions of
Section 8 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.

      (d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any
liability it may have to the Company, the Selling Stockholders or any
non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.

      12. Payment of Expenses. (a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company
will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance
of its obligations hereunder, including without limitation: (i) the costs
incident to the authorization, issuance, sale, preparation and delivery of the
Shares and any taxes payable in that connection, other than transfer taxes which
shall be paid by the respective Selling Stockholders; (ii) the costs incident to
the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the
Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus (including
all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof;
(iii) the costs of reproducing and distributing this Agreement; (iv) the fees
and expenses of the Company's counsel and independent accountants, and of the
Company's counsel for acting as counsel to all of the Selling Stockholders other
than Hellman & Friedman; (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with
the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for
investment of the Shares under the laws of such jurisdictions as the
Representatives may designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of
a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for
the Underwriters); (vi) the cost of preparing stock certificates; (vii) the
costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (viii) all expenses
and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance
of the offering by, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; (ix)
all expenses incurred by the Company in connection with any "road show"
presentation to potential investors; and (x) all expenses and application fees
related to the listing of the Shares on the



                                                                              28

NASDAQ National Market and (xi) the legal fees and expenses incurred in
connection with the Directed Share Program.

      (a) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 10, (ii) the
Company or the Selling Stockholders for any reason fail to tender the Shares for
delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the
Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, the Company agrees to
reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including
the fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters
in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby.

      13. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement. This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and the officers and directors and any controlling persons referred
to in Section 8 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be
construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No
purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor
merely by reason of such purchase.

      14. Survival. The respective indemnities, rights of contribution,
representations, warranties and agreements of the Company, the Selling
Stockholders and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on
behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters pursuant to
this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the
delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and
effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation
made by or on behalf of the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the
Underwriters.

      15. Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement: (a) except
where otherwise expressly provided, the term "affiliate" has the meaning set
forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term "business day" means
any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed
in New York City; and (c) the term "subsidiary" has the meaning set forth in
Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

      16. Miscellaneous. (a) Authority of the Representatives. Any action by the
Underwriters hereunder may be taken by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of
America Securities LLC, acting together, on behalf of the Underwriters, and any
such action taken by J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. and Banc of America Securities
LLC, acting together, shall be binding upon the Underwriters.

      (b) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and
confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters
shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., 277 Park
Avenue, New York, New York 10172 (fax: (212) 622-8358); Attention: Syndicate
Desk. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Blackbaud, Inc., 2000
Daniel Island Drive, Charleston, South Carolina 29492 (Fax: (843) 216-3676);
Attention: Andrew L. Howell, Esq. Notices to the Selling Stockholders shall be
given to the



                                                                              29

Attorney-in-Fact at One Maritime Plaza, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California,
94111, (Fax: ________); Attention: Georgia Lee.

      (c) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

      (d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may
include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each
of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and
the same instrument.

      (e) Amendments or Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this
Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties
hereto.

      (f) Headings. The headings herein are included for convenience of
reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or
interpretation of, this Agreement.



                                                                              30

      If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate
your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

                                      Very truly yours,
                                  BLACKBAUD, INC.,

                                      By: ______________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                  SELLING STOCKHOLDERS,

                                      By: ______________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                      By: ______________________________________
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                         As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of
                                         each of the Selling Stockholders named
                                         in Schedule II to this Agreement.

Accepted:  __________, 2004

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

By___________________________________
         Authorized Signatory

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC

By___________________________________
         Authorized Signatory

For themselves and on behalf of the
several Underwriters listed in
Schedule I hereto.



                                                                      Schedule I



Underwriter                                                  Number of Shares
- -----------                                                  ----------------
                                                          
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
Banc of America Securities LLC
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
Total
                                                             ----------------




                                                                     Schedule II



                                        Number of                   Number of
Selling Stockholders(1):           Underwritten Shares:           Options Shares
- -----------------------            -------------------            --------------
                                                            


- --------------------
(1) Ms. Georgia Lee, Attorney-in-Fact, acting on behalf of each of the Selling
Stockholders.



                                                                         Annex A

                  [Form of Opinion of Counsel for the Company]

      (-) The Registration Statement was declared effective under the Securities
Act as of the date and time specified in such opinion; the Prospectus was filed
with the Commission pursuant to the subparagraph of Rule 424(b) under the
Securities Act specified in such opinion on the date specified therein; and no
order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued
and no proceeding for that purpose is pending or, to the best knowledge of such
counsel, threatened by the Commission.

      (-) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus (other than the
financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which such counsel
need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the
requirements of the Securities Act.

      (-) The Company and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and
are validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective
jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good
standing in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of
property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such
qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their
respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged,
except where the failure to be so qualified or have such power or authority
would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

      (-) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the
Prospectus under the heading "Capitalization"; all the outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling
Stockholders) have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully
paid and non-assessable; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all
material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or
other equity interests of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and
validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable.

      (-) The Company has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver
the Underwriting Agreement and to perform its obligations thereunder; and all
action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and
delivery of the Underwriting Agreement and the consummation by the Company of
the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly and validly taken.

      (-) The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement
of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms,
except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles
relating to enforceability.

      (-) The Shares of the Company to be sold by the Selling Stockholders
pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (including Shares to be issued upon
exercise of the Options) have been duly authorized by the Company, and when
issued, if applicable, and delivered to and paid for by



                                                                               2

the Underwriters in accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement,
will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and the initial issuance
and delivery of the Shares by the Company to the Selling Stockholders was not,
the issuance of Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Options will not be,
and the delivery of the Shares contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement will
not be, to such counsel's knowledge, subject to any preemptive or similar
rights.

      (-) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of
its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and
no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would
constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term,
covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan
agreement or other agreement or instrument to which, to such counsel's
knowledge, it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its property
or assets is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any
judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental
or regulatory authority, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) for any
such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have
a Material Adverse Effect.

      (-) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the
Underwriting Agreement, the initial issuance and delivery of the Shares by the
Company to the Selling Stockholders, the sale of the Shares to be sold by the
Selling Stockholders and delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing
Date, as the case may be, the issuance by the Company of the Shares to be issued
upon the exercise of the Options, and compliance by the Company with the terms
of, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by, the Underwriting
Agreement did not or will not, as applicable, (i) conflict with or result in a
breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a
default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or
encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement
or other agreement or instrument to which, to such counsel's knowledge, the
Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of
its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of
the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any
law or statute or any judgment, order or regulation of any court or arbitrator
or governmental or regulatory authority except, in the case of clauses (i) and
(iii) above, for such conflict, breach or violation that would not, individually
or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

      (-) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or
qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory
authority was or is required, as applicable, for the execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of the Underwriting Agreement, the initial issuance
and delivery of the Shares by the Company to the Selling Stockholders, the sale
of the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders and delivered on the
Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the issuance by
the Company of the Shares to be issued upon the exercise of the Options, and
compliance by the Company with the terms thereof and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, except for (i) the
registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and such consents,
approvals,



                                                                               3

authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required
under applicable state securities laws, the rules and regulations of the
National Association of Securities Dealers or the NASDAQ National Market, in
connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters
and (ii) any other consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or
qualification that the failure of which to obtain would not, individually or in
the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, or would not materially and
adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under the
Underwriting Agreement.

      (-) To the best knowledge of such counsel, except as described in the
Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations,
actions, suits or proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its
subsidiaries is or may be a party or to which any property of the Company or any
of its subsidiaries is or may be the subject which, individually or in the
aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries,
could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and to the best
knowledge of such counsel, no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings
are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or
threatened by others.

      (-) The descriptions in the Prospectus of statutes, legal, governmental
and regulatory proceedings and contracts and other documents are accurate in all
material respects; the statements in the Prospectus under the headings "U.S.
federal tax considerations for non-U.S. holders of common stock", "Description
of capital stock" and "Underwriting", and in the Registration Statement in items
14 and 15, to the extent that they constitute summaries of the terms of stock,
matters of law or regulation or legal conclusions, fairly summarize the matters
described therein in all material respects; and, to the best knowledge of such
counsel, (A) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory
actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the Securities Act to be
described in the Prospectus and that are not so described and (B) there are no
statutes, regulations or contracts and other documents that are required under
the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or
described in the Prospectus and that have not been so filed or described.

      (-) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale
of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the
Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act.

      (-) To such counsel's knowledge, each of the Company and its subsidiaries
owns, possesses or has obtained all licenses, permits, certificates, consents,
orders, approvals and other authorizations from, and has made all declarations
and filings with, all Governmental Authorities (including foreign regulatory
agencies), all self-regulatory organizations and all courts and other tribunals,
domestic or foreign, necessary to own or lease, as the case may be, and to
operate its properties and to carry on its business as conducted as of the date
hereof, except where the failure to own, possess or obtain any license, permit,
certificate, consent, order, approval or to make any declaration or filing that
would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect;
neither the Company nor any such subsidiary has received any actual notice of
any proceeding relating to revocation or modification of any such license,
permit, certificate,



                                                                               4

consent, order, approval or other authorization, except as described in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus or as would not, individually or in
the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and each of the Company and its
subsidiaries is materially in compliance with all laws and regulations relating
to the conduct of its business as conducted as of the date of the Prospectus.

      (-) To such counsel's knowledge, each of the Company and its subsidiaries
owns, possesses or has the right to use the Intellectual Property employed by it
in connection with the business conducted by it as of the date hereof.

      (-) To such counsel's knowledge, the Company and its subsidiaries have
good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and
marketable title to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and
clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as described or
referred to in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of
such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of
such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and
buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held by them
under valid, existing and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not
material and to not interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such
property and buildings by the Company or its subsidiaries.

      (-) To such counsel's knowledge, each of the Company and its subsidiaries
is in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except, in each case, where
noncompliance, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole; there are
no legal or governmental proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of such
counsel, threatened against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries
under any Environmental Law which, individually or in the aggregate, could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and its
subsidiaries taken as a whole.

      Such counsel shall also state that they have participated in conferences
with representatives of the Company and with representatives of its independent
accountants and counsel at which conferences the contents of the Registration
Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment and supplement thereto and
related matters were discussed and, although such counsel assume no
responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the Registration
Statement, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto (except as
expressly provided above), nothing has come to the attention of such counsel to
cause such counsel to believe that the Registration Statement, at the time of
its effective date (including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule
430A to be part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness),
contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading, or that the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto as
of its date and the Closing Date contains any untrue statement of a material
fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein,
in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading
(other than the financial statements and other financial information contained
therein, as to which such counsel need express no belief).



                                                                               5

      In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact on
certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials that
are furnished to the Underwriters.

      The opinion of Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP described above shall be
rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company and shall so state
therein.



                                                                         Annex B

                         [Form of Opinion of Counsel For
                            The Selling Stockholders]

      ( ) The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by or on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders.

      ( ) A Power of Attorney and a Custody Agreement have been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by each Selling Stockholder and constitute valid and
binding agreements of each Selling Stockholder, enforceable against each Selling
Stockholder in accordance with their terms, except as enforceability may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally or by equitable principles relating to
enforceability.

      ( ) Each Selling Stockholder is the record, beneficial and lawful owner of
all of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and has valid and
marketable title to such Shares, and upon delivery of and payment for the
Shares, the Underwriters will acquire valid and marketable title to the shares,
free and clear of any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, claim or other
encumbrance or restriction on transferability or any adverse claim, other than
any such mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, claim or other encumbrance
or restriction on transferability or any adverse claim created by or resulting
from an action taken by an Underwriter.

      ( ) The sale of the Shares and the execution and delivery by the Selling
Shareholder of, and the performance by the Selling Shareholder of its
obligations under, the Underwriting Agreement, and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated therein, (i) have been duly authorized on the part of
each of the Selling Stockholders, and (ii) to such counsel's knowledge will not
conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or
constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan
agreement or other material agreement or instrument to which any Selling
Stockholder is a party or by which any Selling Stockholder is bound or to which
any of the property or assets of any Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will
any such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or
by-laws or similar organizational documents of any Selling Stockholder, if
applicable, or any applicable law or statute or any order, rule or regulation of
any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling
Stockholder or any of its properties; and no consent, approval, authorization,
order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental
agency or body is required for the sale of the Shares or the consummation by the
Selling Stockholders of the transactions contemplated by the Underwriting
Agreement, except such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or
qualifications as have been obtained under the Securities Act and as may be
required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase
and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.

      The opinion of counsel described above shall be rendered to the
Underwriters at the request of the Selling Stockholders and shall so state
therein.

      The opinion of counsel shall be subject to customary qualifications.



                                                                       Exhibit A

                                  [Open Issue]
                            FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

, 2004

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
     As Representatives of
     the several Underwriters listed in
     Schedule I to the Underwriting
     Agreement referred to below

c/o J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

277 Park Avenue

New York, NY  10172

      Re: Blackbaud, Inc.-- Public Offering

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several
Underwriters, propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the "Underwriting
Agreement") with Blackbaud, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
providing for the public offering (the "Public Offering") by us/the several
Underwriters named in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement (the
"Underwriters"), of common stock of the Company (the "Securities"). Capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in
the Underwriting Agreement.

      In consideration of the Underwriters' agreement to purchase and make the
Public Offering of the Securities, and for other good and valuable consideration
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that,
without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf of
the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, during the period ending 180 days
after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the
"Prospectus"), (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract
to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or
contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise
transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock,
$0.001 per share par value, of the Company (the "Common Stock") or any
securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock
(including without limitation, Common Stock which may be deemed to be
beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may
be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap
or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction
described in clause (1) or (2)



                                                                               2

above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise; provided, however, that Directed Shares purchased by Company
employees pursuant to the Directed Share Program operated by Wachovia Capital
Markets, LLC shall not be subject to this Agreement. In addition, the
undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan
Securities Inc. on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period
ending [180] days after the date of the Prospectus, make any demand for or
exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common
Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common
Stock.

      In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed
transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described
herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if
such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Letter Agreement.

      The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has
full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement. All authority
herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the
undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal
representatives of the undersigned.

      The undersigned understands that, if the Underwriting Agreement does not
become effective, or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions
thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to
payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the
undersigned shall be released form all obligations under this Letter Agreement.

      The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the
Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon
this Letter Agreement.



                                                                               3

      This lock-up agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws
principles thereof.

                                                 Very truly yours,
                                        [NAME OF STOCKHOLDER],

                                           By: _________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:

                     EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT

         THIS EMPLOYMENT AND NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made
and entered into effective as of the 1st day of April, 2004 (the "Effective
Date"), by and between Blackbaud, Inc., a South Carolina corporation (the
"Company") and Robert J. Sywolski ("Executive").

                                    RECITALS

         WHEREAS, the Company and Executive entered into an Employment and
Noncompetition Agreement on or about March 1, 2000 (the "2000 Employment
Agreement"), the term of which will expire as of March 31, 2004; and

         WHEREAS, the Company and Executive desire to continue Executive's
employment as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company; and

         WHEREAS, the Board of Directors ("Board") of the Company has determined
what a reasonable compensation will be for Executive for the term of this
present Agreement, and has offered Executive continued employment for such
compensation and other benefits set forth herein, and Executive is willing to
accept continued employment on such terms.

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the
mutual covenants of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and
valuable new consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are
acknowledged, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:


                                    AGREEMENT

         1. Employment; Term. Subject to and upon the terms and conditions
herein provided, the Company hereby agrees to employ Executive and Executive
hereby agrees to be employed by the Company for the term of this Agreement,
which term shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue until March
31, 2006 (the "Term") unless earlier terminated as provided herein.

         2. Executive Responsibilities. During the Term, Executive shall serve
as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and shall have the
power and authority to conduct the business of the Company commensurate with the
office of Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall perform duties consistent
with Executive's knowledge, experience and position with the Company. In
performing such duties, Executive shall be subject to and shall abide by all
policies and procedures developed by the Company for, and all the rules and
regulations applicable to, senior executives of the Company.

         During the Term, Executive shall devote his entire business time,
energies, skills and attention to the affairs and activities of the Company and
the discharge of his duties and responsibilities; provided, however, Executive
shall be allowed to continue to serve on the Board of Directors of no more than
three (3) outside for-profit companies and such additional boards of directors
as have been or may be approved in advance by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors; provided further, however, that Executive's ability to devote the
required time,




energies, skills and attention to perform his duties hereunder is not impaired.
It is contemplated that Executive shall perform charitable and industry related
work, and may serve on the board of directors of such organizations. For such
time that Executive is the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
he shall be elected as a director of the Company.

         3. Compensation.

                  3.1 Base Salary. In consideration for the services provided
hereunder, the Company shall pay to Executive an annual base salary of
$525,000.00, subject to applicable federal, state and local payroll taxes, and
other withholdings required by law or properly requested by Executive (the "Base
Salary"). The Base Salary shall be payable in conformity with the Company's
customary payroll practices. Such Base Salary shall be subject to annual review
for increase in the sole discretion of the Company's Board.

                  3.2 Bonus.

                  (a) During the Term of this Agreement, Executive shall be
eligible to receive a bonus ("Bonus Compensation"). The formula to be used to
calculate the aggregate amount of Bonus Compensation payable for each year of
this Agreement shall be based upon the formula set forth in the Company's 2004
Bonus Plan, attached hereto as Schedule 3.2 (a).

                  3.3 Additional Compensation. In addition to Base Salary and
any Bonus Compensation, Executive shall be eligible for the following additional
compensation.

                  a. Executive, at the Company's expense, shall be eligible to
         participate in all employee benefit plans and fringe benefits
         (including post retirement benefit plans and programs, if any) as may
         be provided by the Company from time to time on the same basis as other
         senior executives of the Company are eligible, subject to and to the
         extent that Executive is eligible under such benefit plans in
         accordance with their respective terms.

                  b. Executive shall be entitled to reasonable periods of paid
         vacation, personal and sick leave during the Term in accordance with
         the Company's policies regarding vacation and leaves for senior
         executives of the Company.

                  c. The Company shall pay or reimburse Executive for all of his
         out of pocket expenses reasonably incurred in the performance of his
         duties hereunder on behalf of the Company, including, but not limited
         to, overnight delivery charges, long distance telephone and facsimile
         charges and travel expenses (including airfare, hotels, car rental
         expenses and meals), all in accordance with the Company's expense
         reimbursement policy. Payment shall be due after the Company's receipt
         of Executive's invoice or expense report therefor and in accordance
         with the Company's expense reimbursement policies. In addition, the
         Company shall reimburse Executive in an amount up to $5,000.00 annually
         for professional fees incurred by Executive for income tax and estate
         planning, and up to $10,000 for Executive's out-of-pocket legal
         expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement.




                  d. During the Term, the Company shall provide the Executive
         with health and disability insurance, in scope and coverage equivalent
         to that provided to other senior executives of the Company; provided,
         however, that the disability insurance coverage shall be for an amount
         not less than 80% of Executive's Base Salary and such coverage may be
         provided by the Company supplementing benefits consistent with the
         Company's existing group disability policy.

                  e. Pursuant to the 2000 Employment Agreement, the Company
         granted Executive an option (the "Option") to purchase up to seven
         percent (7%) of the fully-diluted Common Stock of the Company, subject
         to the vesting schedule, terms, conditions and restrictions set forth
         in a the Option Agreement dated March 8, 2000, a copy of which is
         attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Option Agreement"), and the
         Company's Stock Plan. In accordance with the 2000 Employment Agreement,
         the shares subject to the Option will vest immediately: (i) upon
         consummation of an initial public offering of the Company's stock, or
         (ii) upon a change of control. A "Change of Control" shall mean the
         consummation of (i) a merger or consolidation in which the shareholders
         of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation cease
         to own at least 50% of the combined entity immediately following the
         merger or consolidation, or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of
         the assets of the Company (other than to Hellman & Friedman Capital
         Partners III, L.P. and its affiliates or an entity in which they are
         the controlling members). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
         this Agreement, any Company stock plan, or the Option Agreement, in the
         event Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause, Executive
         shall have until the termination date of the Option Agreement to
         exercise such Option for shares vested at the date of such termination.

                  f. The Company will reimburse Executive for the costs of one
         (1) family membership in the Daniel Island Club.

                  g. The Company shall (i) provide Executive with a car
         comparable to those provided for senior executives of the Company or
         (ii) provide Executive an allowance for a car consistent with the
         allowance provided for senior executives of the Company. In either
         case, the Company shall either cover or reimburse Executive the
         reasonable costs of maintenance and upkeep therefor. Upon retirement of
         the Executive or upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, the
         Executive may purchase any such Company-owned automobile for its then
         book value.

                  h. The Company shall, upon retirement of the Executive or upon
         termination or expiration of this Agreement where the termination is
         other than For Cause, provide so long as commercially available, group
         health and life insurance plans for Executive and his spouse until the
         last to die of the Executive and his spouse, at the same level and on
         substantially similar terms and conditions as in effect for current
         employees of the Company, provided that such coverage shall continue
         only so long as Executive and/or his spouse, as applicable, shall
         reimburse the Company for the cost of such coverage.

                  i. With respect to the Option, in the event that the Company
         shall declare a cash dividend on the shares of common stock underlying
         the Option, and at such time, the Company does not have a class of
         securities registered under the 1933 Securities Act, the



         Company shall make a payment to Executive, as selected in writing by
         Executive, of either (i) a sum of cash equal to the amount of the
         aggregate dividend that would have been payable to Executive assuming
         for purposes of such calculation that Executive owned all of the shares
         of common stock underlying the Option, or (ii) a combination of fifty
         (50%) percent of the sum of cash payable under (i) above and a
         reduction in the per share strike price of the Option equal to fifty
         (50%) of the sum payable under (i) above. For example, if Executive
         owned an option to purchase 100,000 shares and at such time a dividend
         of $1.00 were declared, Executive would be entitled to receive either
         (i) $100,000 in cash or (ii) $50,000 in cash and a reduction of $.50
         per share in the strike price of his options.


         With respect to each of the items of benefit listed in this Section 3
and any vesting or other criteria for eligibility applicable thereto, Executive
shall be credited with length of service beginning as of the initial date of his
employment by the Company, except as otherwise required by law.

         4. Termination.

                  4.1 For Cause By Company. During the Term, the Company may
terminate Executive's employment under this Agreement at any time for "Cause"
and Executive shall thereafter be entitled to no compensation or benefits under
this Agreement, except for accrued but unpaid salary, vacation, benefits and
reimbursements, through the date of termination. For purposes of this Agreement,
"Cause" means:

                  a. Executive's conviction, that is final and non-appealable,
         of, or plea of nolo contendere to, any crime (whether or not involving
         the Company) that constitutes a felony in the jurisdiction involved
         (other than unintentional motor vehicle felonies and excluding routine
         traffic citations), other than a felony predicated exclusively on
         Employee's Vicarious Liability. "Vicarious Liability" for purposes of
         this Agreement shall mean any liability which is based on acts of the
         Company for which the Executive is charged solely as a result of his
         offices with the Company and in which he was not directly involved or
         did not have prior knowledge of such actions or intended actions.

                  b. any act of theft, fraud or embezzlement, or any other
         willful misconduct or willful dishonest behavior by Executive, which is
         materially detrimental to the business, operations of the Company;

                  c. Executive's continuing willful failure or refusal to
         perform his reasonably assigned duties (consistent with past practice
         of the Company) under this Agreement in accordance with Section 2
         (other than due to his incapacity due to illness or injury), provided
         that such willful failure or refusal is not corrected as promptly as
         practicable, and in any event within thirty (30) days after Executive
         shall have received written notice stating the nature of such failure
         or refusal; or

                  d. Executive's violation of any of his material obligations
         contained in that certain Employee Nondisclosure and Developments
         Agreement dated as of the date hereof and attached as Exhibit B hereto.




         For purposes of this Agreement, no act or omission by Executive shall
be willful if reasonably believed by Executive to be in or not contrary to, the
best interests of the Company.

                  4.2 Without Cause by Company. During or after the Term, the
Company may terminate Executive's employment under this Agreement at any time
and for any reason without Cause. If the Company terminates Executive's
employment pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.2 during the Term
(without cause), Executive shall, in addition to all accrued but unpaid Base
Salary and Bonus Compensation through the date of termination, following such
termination, receive a lump-sum amount equal to the Base Salary being paid to
him immediately prior to such termination for the remainder of the Term along
with such accrued rights as may be vested as of such date under any Company
benefits and Bonus Compensation plans (the "Severance Payment"). In the event of
any such termination, Executive shall be entitled to the applicable Severance
Payment set forth above and no further severance or other compensation or
benefits, except those specified under Section 3.3 (h).

                  4.3 Without Reason By Executive. During the Term, Executive
may voluntarily terminate his employment by giving the Company written notice no
less than ninety (90) days in advance of the effective date of such termination.
If Executive voluntarily terminates his employment pursuant to the provisions of
this Section 4.3, Executive shall not be entitled to receive any compensation or
benefits for the period following the date of such termination other than the
proceeds of, or payment of any benefits under, any pension plans or other
similar plans in effect on the date thereof. In the event of any such
termination, Executive shall be entitled to accrued and unpaid salary, vacation,
benefits and reimbursements through the termination date and no further
severance or other compensation or benefits.

                  4.4 For Good Reason by Executive. During the Term, Executive
may terminate his employment under this Agreement at any time for "Good Reason."
For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" means:

                  a. Any materially adverse change or diminution in the office,
title, duties, powers, authority or responsibilities of Executive, provided such
change or diminution continues uncorrected for a period of thirty (30) days
after the Company shall have received written notice stating the nature of such
change or diminution;

                  b. The occurrence of a Change of Control, provided that within
sixty (60) days after such occurrence or the date Executive is notified thereof,
whichever is later, Executive gives the Company written notice of Executive's
intention to terminate on an effective date of termination that is no less than
ninety (90) days after the date of such notice; or

                  c. A failure of the Company to pay Executive any Base Salary,
Bonus Compensation, benefits or, unless there is a good faith dispute,
reimbursements that have become due and payable within 30 days after Executive
has given the Company written notice of demand therefor.

                  d. A reduction in the Executive's then Base Salary or target
Bonus Compensation or a material reduction of any material employee benefit or
perquisite enjoyed by



him (other than as part of an across-the-board change or reduction applicable to
all senior officers of the Company).

                  e. A failure of the Executive to be elected as a director of
the Company during the term of this Agreement or his removal from such position
during such term.

                  f. A relocation of the Company's principal office, or the
Executive's own office location as assigned to him by the Company, to a location
more than 40 miles from Charleston, S.C. In the event that Executive elects not
to terminate his employment under this Section 4.4, the Company shall promptly
reimburse the Executive for the reasonable expenses he incurs in relocating his
household and family from their present location to the location of his new
office, without limitation, all expenses associated with selling his primary
residence in Charleston, S.C. and all closing costs relating to his acquisition
of a residence in the area of his new office, such a legal expenses.

                  g. Failure of the Company to obtain the assumption in writing
of its obligation to perform this Agreement by any purchaser (other than Hellman
& Friedman Capital Partners III, L.P. and its affiliates or an entity in which
they are the controlling members) of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company within 15 days after a sale or transfer of such assets.

         Within thirty (30) days after the occurrence of a termination for Good
Reason, in addition to all accrued but unpaid Base Salary and Bonus Compensation
through the date of such termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive the
Severance Payment, and shall be entitled to receive continued coverage under
Section 3.3 (h).

                  4.5 Termination for Disability or Death. During the Term,
Executive's employment may be terminated by either party in the event Executive
suffers a physical or mental disability (as defined below) which, in the
reasonable opinion of a medical doctor selected by the agreement of the Company
and the Executive, renders him substantially unable to perform his duties under
this Agreement. In the event that the parties cannot agree on a medical doctor,
each party shall select a medical doctor and the two doctors shall select a
third who shall be the approved medical doctor for this purpose. To the extent
that the expenses associated with any such medical determination are not covered
by medical insurance, the Company shall bear all such costs. Executive shall be
deemed to be permanently disabled in the event that Executive has been unable,
for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or one hundred eighty (180)
nonconsecutive days during any 360-day period to perform the services
contemplated hereby as a result of incapacity caused by a physical or mental
illness or injury. If Executive is terminated under this Section 4.5, he shall
be entitled to such benefits as are generally available under the Company's
disability insurance policies, if any. Except as otherwise provided herein, if
Executive dies or is terminated due to a disability under this Section 4.5,
Executive or his estate shall be entitled to accrued and unpaid salary,
vacation, benefits (including specifically the coverage provided under Section
3.3(h), reimbursements and Bonus Compensation prorated through the termination
date and no further severance or compensation or benefits. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company's Stock Plan, or the
Option Agreement, upon Executive's death or disability as defined herein,
one-half (1/2) of the



remaining unvested shares subject to the Option shall vest and Executive (or his
estate) shall have until the termination date of the Option Agreement to
exercise such Option.

                  4.6 No Mitigation: No Offset. In the event of any termination
of employment under this Section 4, the Executive shall be under no obligation
to seek other employment and there shall be no offset against amounts due the
Executive under this Agreement on account of any remuneration attributable to
any subsequent employment that he may obtain.

         5. Non-Disclosure. Executive executed an Employee Nondisclosure and
Developments Agreement, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B, the
terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference as if fully
set out.

         6. Possession. Executive agrees that upon termination of this
Agreement, or upon request by the Company, Executive shall turn over to the
Company all documents, files, office supplies and any other material or work
product in his possession or control which were created pursuant to or derived
from Executive's services to the Company.

         7. Noncompetition.

                  7.1 Noncompetition Provisions. Executive recognizes and agrees
that the Company has many substantial, legitimate business interests that can be
protected only by Executive agreeing not to compete with the Company or its
subsidiaries under certain circumstances. These interests include, without
limitation, the Company's contacts and relationships with its customers, the
Company's reputation and goodwill in the industry, the financial and other
support afforded by the Company, and the Company's rights in its confidential
information. Executive therefore agrees that during his employment with the
Company and for the one (1) year period of time following the termination of
such employment, regardless of the manner or cause of such termination, he will
not, without the prior written consent of the Company, engage in any of the
following activities in the United States (the "Protected Zones"), relating to
the Protected Businesses (as defined below):

                  a. engage in, manage, operate, control or supervise, or
         participate in the management, operation, control or supervision of,
         any business or entity which provides products or services directly
         competitive with those being actively developed, manufactured,
         marketed, sold or otherwise provided by the Company or its subsidiaries
         as of the date hereof (the "Protected Businesses") in the Protected
         Zones;

                  b. have any ownership or financial interest, directly or
         indirectly, in any entity in the Protected Zones engaged in the
         Protected Businesses, including, without limitation, as an individual,
         partner, shareholder (other than as an owner of an entity in which
         Executive owns less than 5% of the economic interests), officer,
         directly, executive, principal, agent or consultant;

                  c. solicit, acquire or conduct any Protected Business from or
         with any customers of the Company or its subsidiaries (as defined
         below) in the Protected Zones;

                  d. solicit any of the employees or independent contractors of
         the Company or its subsidiaries or induce any such persons to terminate
         their employment or contractual



         relationships with any such entities or take action contrary to the
         best interest of the Company; provided, however, this limitation
         against solicitation of employees or independent contractors shall not
         apply to up to two administrative level employees or independent
         contractors who may have worked closely with Executive (such as, for
         example, an executive assistant who Executive may wish to continue to
         work with); or

                  e. serve as an officer or director of, or hold an equity
         interest in, any entity engaged in any of the Protected Businesses in
         the Protected Zones.

         For purposes of this Section 7, customers of the Company or its
subsidiaries shall include those customers to whom the Company or its
subsidiaries were providing products or services at the termination of
Executive's employment, or had proposals outstanding for the provision of
services, at the time of such termination.

                  7.2 Separate Covenants. The parties understand and agree that
the noncompetition agreement set forth in this Section 7 shall be construed as a
series of separate covenants not to compete: one covenant for each country,
state and province within the Protected Zone, one for each separate line of
business of the Company, and one for each month of the noncompetition period. If
any restriction set forth in this Section 7 is held by a court of competent
jurisdiction to be unenforceable with respect to one or more geographic areas,
lines of business and/or months of duration, then Executive agrees, and hereby
submits, to the reduction and limitation of such restriction to the minimal
effect necessary so that the provisions of this Section 7 shall be enforceable.

                  7.3 Limitation. Nothing contained in this Agreement or in
Exhibit B attached hereto shall prohibit Executive from utilizing his skill,
acumen or experience after a termination of his employment with the Company in
any business not in violation of this Section 7 at any location not in violation
of this Section 7.

         8. Indemnification.

                  8.1 General Indemnification Provisions. The Company agrees
that if the Executive is made a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to
any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he is or was a
director, officer or employee of the Company or is or was serving at the request
of the Company as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including
service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether or not the basis of such
Proceeding is the Executive's alleged action in an official capacity while
serving as a director, officer, member, employee or agent, the Executive shall
be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent legally
permitted or authorized by the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws
or resolutions of the Company's Board of Directors, or if greater, by the laws
of the State of Delaware, against all cost, expense, liability and loss
(including, without limitation, attorney's fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise
taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably
incurred or suffered by the Executive in connection therewith, and such
indemnification shall continue as to the Executive even if he has ceased to be a
director, member, employee or agent of the Company or other entity and shall
inure to the benefit of the Executive's heirs, executors and administrators. The
Company shall advance to the Executive all reasonable costs and expenses



incurred by him in connection with a Proceeding within 20 days after receipt by
the Company of a written request for such advance. Such request shall include an
undertaking by the Executive to repay the amount of such advance if it shall
ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified against such
costs and expenses.

                  8.2 Insurance Coverage. The Company agrees to continue and
maintain a directors and officers' liability insurance policy covering the
Executive to the extent the Company provides such coverage for its other
executive officers.

         9. Saving Provision. The Company and Executive agree and stipulate that
the agreements set out in Sections 5 and 7 above are fair and reasonably
necessary for the protection of the business, goodwill, confidential
information, and other protectable interests of the Company in light of all of
the facts and circumstances of the relationship between Executive and the
Company. In the event a court of competent jurisdiction should decline to
enforce those provisions, they shall be deemed to be modified to restrict
Executive to the maximum extent which the court shall find enforceable; however,
in no event shall the above provisions be deemed to be more restrictive to
Executive than those contained herein.

         10. Injunctive Relief. Executive acknowledges that the breach or
threatened breach of any of the nondisclosure or noncompetition covenants
contained herein would give rise to irreparable injury to the Company, which
injury would be inadequately compensable in money damages. Accordingly, the
Company may seek and obtain a restraining order and/or injunction prohibiting
the breach or threatened breach of any provision, requirement or covenant of
this Agreement, in addition to and not in limitation of any other legal remedies
which may be available. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that the
agreements set out above are necessary for the protection of the Company's
legitimate goodwill and business interests and are reasonable in scope and
content.

         11. Enforcement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be enforceable
notwithstanding the existence of any claim or cause of action against the
Company by Executive or against Executive by the Company, whether predicated on
this Agreement or otherwise.

         12. Governing Law. This Agreement, the employment relationship
contemplated herein and any claim arising from such relationship, whether or not
arising under this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the internal laws of the State of South Carolina, without regard to
conflict of law principles.

         13. Waiver of Breach. The waiver of any breach of any provision of this
Agreement or failure to enforce any provision hereof shall not operate or be
construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by any party.

         14. Notices. Any notice given to a Party shall be in writing and shall
be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or sent by certified or
registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, duly addressed to
the Party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as
such Party may subsequently give such notice of:

If to the Company:         Blackbaud, Inc.
                           2000 Daniel Island Drive




                           Charleston, South Carolina 29492
                           Attention: Senior Vice President and General Counsel

If to the Executive:       Mr. Robert J. Sywolski
                           51 Legare Street
                           Charleston, South Carolina 29401


         With a copy to:
                           Edward G. R. Bennett
                           Evans, Carter, Kunes & Bennett, PA
                           115 Church Street
                           Charleston, South Carolina 29401

         15. Modification. This Agreement may be modified, and the rights,
remedies and obligations contained in any provision hereof may be waived, only
in accordance with this Section. No waiver by either party or any breach by the
other or any provision hereof shall be deemed to be a waiver of any later or
other breach thereof or as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement.
This Agreement may not be waived, changed, discharged or terminated orally or by
any course of dealing between the parties, but only by an instrument in writing
signed by the party against whom any waiver, change, discharge or termination is
sought. No modification or waiver by the Company shall be effective without the
consent of at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the
Company then in office at the time of such modification or waiver, excluding
Executive's vote as a director on such matters.

         16. Entirety. This Agreement, including any exhibits hereto, as it may
be amended pursuant to the terms hereof, represents the complete and final
agreement of the parties and shall control over any other statement,
representation or agreement by the Company (e.g., as may appear in employment or
policy manuals). This Agreement supersedes in its entirety any prior
negotiations, discussions or agreements, either written or oral, between the
parties with regard or relating to the employment of Executive by the Company.

         17. Survival. The provisions of this Agreement relating to
post-termination compensation (including, without limitation, the Severance
Payment and related rights), confidentiality and noncompetition shall survive
the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

         18. Severability. Without in any way limiting the provisions of Section
7.2, in case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement for
any reason shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect,
such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other
provision of this Agreement, but this Agreement shall be construed and reformed
to the maximum extent permitted by law.

         19. Binding Effect; Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of Executive and his heirs, successors, personal representatives and
assigns. Executive acknowledges that the services to be rendered by him
thereunder are unique and personal in nature. Accordingly, Executive may not
assign any of his rights or delegate any of his duties or obligations under this
Agreement. The Company shall have the right to assign or transfer this Agreement
to any successor of all of its business or assets; provided, however, that the
Company




shall require any such successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,
merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business
and/or assets of the Company (other than (i) a successor in connection with a
reincorporation of the Company and (ii) Hellman & Friedman Capital Partners III,
L.P. and its affiliates or an entity in which they are the controlling members)
to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and
to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such
succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the
Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets
as aforesaid which assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of
law or otherwise.

         20. Arbitration. In the event of any dispute or claim arising out of or
in connection with this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, such
dispute or claim shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with
S.C. Code Ann. ss.15-48-10 et. seq., as amended, and the then current rules and
procedures of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The arbitrator shall
be selected by an agreement of the parties to the dispute or claim from the
panel of arbitrators selected by the AAA, or, if the parties cannot agree on an
arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the notice of a party's desire to have
a dispute settled by arbitration, then the arbitrator shall be selected by the
AAA in Charleston, South Carolina. The arbitrator shall apply the laws of the
State of South Carolina, without reference to rules of conflict of law or
statutory rules of arbitration, to the merits of any dispute or claim. The
determination reached in such arbitration shall be final and binding on all
parties hereto without any right of appeal or further dispute. Execution of the
determination by such arbitration may be sought in any court of competent
jurisdiction.

         In the event of any arbitration as provided under this Agreement, or
the enforcement of rights hereunder, the arbitrator shall have the authority to,
but shall not be required to, award the prevailing party its costs and
reasonable attorneys' fees.

                      [THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]





         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Employment and
Noncompetition Agreement effective as of the day and year first set forth above.

                                          COMPANY:
                                          -------

                                          BLACKBAUD, INC.



                                          By:    /s/ Marco W. Hellman
                                                 -------------------------------
                                          Name:  Marco W. Hellman
                                                 -------------------------------
                                          Title: Chairman
                                                 -------------------------------


                                          EXECUTIVE:
                                          ---------

                                          /s/ Robert J. Sywolski
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Robert J. Sywolski





                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT





                                    EXHIBIT B
                                    ---------

                EMPLOYEE NONDISCLOSURE AND DEVELOPMENTS AGREEMENT

         THIS EMPLOYEE NONDISCLOSURE AND DEVELOPMENTS AGREEMENT IS made and
entered into this 1st day of April, 2004, by and between Blackbaud, Inc., a
South Carolina corporation (the "Company") and Robert J. Sywolski (the
"Employee").

         WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Employee subject to the
terms and conditions set forth herein; and

         Employee desires to be employed by the Company and is willing to agree
to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

         Employee understands that, in its business, the Company has developed
and uses commercially valuable technical and nontechnical information and that,
to guard the legitimate interests of the Company, it is necessary for the
Company to keep such information confidential and to protect such information as
trade secrets or by patent or copyright; and

         Employee recognizes that the computer programs, system documentation,
manuals and other materials developed by the Company are the proprietary
information of the Company, that the Company regards this information as
valuable trade secrets and that its use and disclosure must be carefully
controlled; and

         Employee further recognizes that, although some of the Company's
customers and suppliers are well known, other customers, suppliers and
prospective customers and suppliers are not so known, and the Company views the
names and identities of these customers, suppliers and prospective customers and
suppliers, as well as the content of any sales proposals, as being the Company's
trade secrets; and

         Employee further recognizes that any ideas, software or company
processes that presently are not being sold, and that therefore are not public
knowledge, are considered trade secrets of the Company; and

         Employee understands that special hardware and/or software developed by
the Company is subject to the Company's proprietary rights and that the Company
may treat those developments, whether hardware or software, as either trade
secrets, copyrighted material or patentable material, as applicable; and

         Employee understands that all such information is vital to the success
of the Company's business and that Employee, through Employee's employment, has
or may become acquainted with such information and may contribute to that
information through inventions, discoveries, improvements, software development,
or in some other manner;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and
Employee's continuation of employment, the parties agree as follows:




         1. Employee will not at any time, whether during or after the
termination of his employment, reveal to any person or entity any of the trade
secrets or confidential information concerning the organization, business or
finances of the Company or of any third party that the Company is under an
obligation to keep confidential (including, but not limited to, trade secrets or
confidential information respecting inventions, research, products, designs,
methods, know-how, formulae, techniques, systems, processes, software programs,
works of authorship, customer lists, projects, plans and proposals), except (i)
as may be required in the ordinary course of performing his duties as an
employee of the Company or (ii) when required to do so by a court of law, by any
governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of the
Company or by any administrative or legislative body (including a committee
thereof) with apparent jurisdiction to order him to divulge, disclose or make
accessible such information, and Employee shall keep secret all matters
entrusted to him and shall not use or attempt to use any such information in any
manner that may injure or cause loss to the Company.

         2. If at any time or times during Employee's employment, Employee shall
(either alone or with others) make, conceive, discover or reduce to practice any
invention, modification, discovery, design, development, improvement, process,
software program, work of authorship, documentation, formula, data, technique,
know-how, secret or intellectual property right whatsoever or any interest
therein (whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar
statutes or subject to analogous protection) that relates to the business of the
Company or any of the products or services being developed, manufactured or sold
by the Company or that may be used in relation therewith (herein called
"Developments"), such Developments and the benefits thereof shall immediately
become the sole and absolute property of the Company and its assigns, and
Employee shall promptly disclose to the Company each such Development and hereby
assigns any rights Employee may have or acquire in the Developments and benefits
and/or rights resulting therefrom to the Company and its assigns without further
compensation and shall communicate, without cost or delay, and without
publishing the same, all available information relating thereto to the Company.
Upon the request of the Company and without further remuneration by the Company,
but at the expense of the Company, the Employee will execute and deliver all
documents and do other acts which are or may be necessary to document such
transfer or to enable the Company to file and prosecute applications for and to
acquire, maintain, extend and enforce any and all patents, trademark
registrations or copyrights under United States or foreign law with respect to
any such developments.

         3. During the Employee's employment, and for a period of one (1) year
thereafter, the Employee will not solicit business from any person or entity to
whom the Company or any of its affiliates has sold its products or services; nor
shall the Employee (except as permitted in Section 7.1(d) of the Employee's
employment agreement with the Company) contact, communicate with, solicit or
attempt to recruit or hire, any employee of the Company or any of its affiliates
with the intent or effect of inducing or encouraging said employee to leave the
employ of the Company or any of its affiliates or to breach other obligations to
the Company.

         4. Employee understands that this Agreement does not create an
obligation on the Company or any other person or entity to continue Employee's
employment.

         5. Employee represents that the Developments, if any, identified on
Exhibit A attached hereto comprise all the unpatented and uncopyrighted
Developments that Employee has made or conceived prior to or otherwise not in
connection with Employee's employment by the

                                       2



Company, which Developments are excluded from this Agreement. Employee
understands that it is necessary only to list the title and purpose of such
Developments but not the details thereof.

                  Employee further represents that Employee's performance of all
the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will
not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired
by Employee in confidence or in trust prior to Employee's employment by the
Company. Employee has not entered into, and Employee agrees he will not enter
into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.

         6. Any waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this
Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach
of such provision or any other provision hereof.

         7. Employee hereby agrees that each provision herein shall be treated
as a separate and independent clause, and the unenforceability of any one clause
shall in no way impair the enforceability of any of the other clauses herein.
Moreover, if one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for
any reason be held to be excessively broad as to scope, activity or subject so
as to be unenforceable at law, such provision or provisions shall be construed
by the appropriate judicial body by limiting and reducing it or them, so as to
be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with the applicable law as it
shall then exist.

         8. Employee's obligations under this Agreement shall survive the
termination of Employee's employment regardless of the manner of such
termination and shall be binding upon Employee's heirs, executors,
administrators and legal representatives.

         9. The term "Company" shall include Blackbaud, Inc. and any of its
subsidiaries, subdivisions or affiliates. The Company shall have the right to
assign this Agreement to its successors and assigns, and all covenants and
agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by said
successors or assigns. This Agreement may be amended only in a writing signed by
each of the parties hereto.

         10. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of South Carolina. This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the
same instrument.

                      [THE NEXT PAGE IS THE SIGNATURE PAGE]







                                       3




         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Employee
Nondisclosure and Developments Agreement as a sealed instrument as of the date
first above written.

                                         EMPLOYEE:
                                         --------

                                         /s/ Robert J. Sywolski           (SEAL)
                                         ---------------------------------
                                         Robert J. Sywolski




                                         COMPANY:
                                         -------


                                         BLACKBAUD, INC.


                                         By:    /s/ Marco W. Hellman
                                                --------------------------------
                                         Name:  Marco W. Hellman
                                         Title: Chairman







                                       4




                                    EXHIBIT A
                                    ---------

                         PRIOR DEVELOPMENTS BY EMPLOYEE


None







                                 SCHEDULE 3.2(a)
                                 ---------------


         The following summarizes Executive's annual bonus plan for 2004. The
key elements of the plan are as follows:


1.       Consistent with Executive's existing employment contract, Executive
         will have a guaranteed minimum bonus of $100,000.


2.       For payments above the guaranteed minimum, Executive's plan will
         resemble the Blackbaud Corporate Incentive Plan but will also include a
         subjective portion administered at the board's discretion. Executive's
         bonus will be based 80% on attainment of key financial goals (the
         "Quantitative Award") and 20% on the board's subjective evaluation of
         Executive's performance (the "Subjective Award"). Executive's target
         bonus will be $425,000 based on achievement of the financial plan and
         full utilization of the Subjective Award. Amounts could be greater or
         less than this amount based on actual results and the board's review of
         Executive's performance.


3.       The Quantitative Award will function as follows:

         o        Performance against Board-approved budget, both Revenue and
                  "Adjusted" EBITDA (EBITDA before bonus expense), will
                  determine the size of Executive's award.

         o        In calculating performance achievement, Revenue will receive a
                  70% weighting and "Adjusted" EBITDA a 30% weighting.

         o        Actual Revenue and Actual "Adjusted" EBITDA must both achieve
                  at least 90% of budget in order for Executive to qualify for a
                  bonus exceeding the guaranteed minimum. Less than 90%
                  performance against either budget will result in a payment of
                  the guaranteed minimum amount.

         o        Executive's Quantitative Award will be determined based upon a
                  factor calculated as follows:

                  Factor = .7 x Actual Revenue + .3 x Actual "Adjusted" EBITDA
                                --------------        ------------------------
                                Budgeted Revenue      Budgeted "Adjusted" EBITDA

                  When the factor equals 1.00, Executive's Quantitative Award
                  will be 100% of the target. For each .01 that the factor is
                  greater or less than 1.00, Executive's award changes by 5% of
                  "target" down to a minimum of 50% and a maximum of 200%.





         o        Executive's target Quantitative Award will be $340,000. The
                  maximum award at a factor of 1.20 will be $680,000 and the
                  minimum award at a factor of .90 will be $170,000.


4.       The Subjective Award, targeted at $85,000, will as always require
         Executive's usual (exceptional!) performance.


5.       Bonus payment will occur within 30 days following finalization of
         year-end results.

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.21

[LOGO]                                                       WACHOVIA SECURITIES

                                  June 1, 2004

Blackbaud, Inc.
2000 Daniel Island Dr.
Charleston, SC 29492-7541

Attention:  Timothy V. Williams
            Chief Financial Officer

      Re:     Commitment for Arrangement of Senior Credit Facility

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      You have advised us that Blackbaud, Inc. (the "Borrower") seeks financing
for ongoing working capital requirements and other general corporate purposes as
more fully described in the attached Summary of Terms and Conditions (the "Term
Sheet"). The Term Sheet describes the general terms and conditions for a senior
unsecured revolving credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of up to
$30 million (the "Facility").

      Based upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Commitment Letter (the "Commitment Letter"), in the Term Sheet and in the fee
letter of even date (the "Fee Letter"), Wachovia Bank, National Association
("Wachovia") is pleased to advise you of its commitment to act as sole and
exclusive administrative agent for the Facility and provide a portion of the
Facility equal to the lesser of (a) $10 million or (b) one third (1/3) of the
aggregate principal amount of the Facility on the closing date of the Facility.
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC ("Wachovia Securities"*) is pleased to advise you
that it will act as sole lead arranger and sole book manager for the Facility.
Furthermore, Wachovia Securities commits to use its reasonable best efforts to
secure commitments for the remainder of the Facility from a syndicate of banks
and financial institutions (the "Lenders") reasonably acceptable to the Borrower
and Wachovia Securities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
herein, in the Term Sheet and in the Fee Letter.

      It is understood and agreed that Wachovia Securities will manage and
control all aspects of the syndication, including decisions as to the selection
of proposed Lenders and any titles offered to proposed Lenders, when commitments
will be accepted and the final allocations of the

- ---------------------------
* Wachovia Securities is the trade name under which Wachovia Corporation
conducts its investment banking, capital markets and institutional securities
business through Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Member NYSE, NASD, SIPC, and
through other bank and non-bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries of Wachovia
Corporation.



Blackbaud, Inc.
Page 2

commitments among the Lenders. You also acknowledge and agree that the services
of Wachovia as sole administrative agent and the services of Wachovia Securities
as sole lead arranger and sole book manager will be on an exclusive basis during
the term of this Commitment Letter and that, during such term, no other bank or
other financial institution will be engaged or otherwise consulted or contacted
by you regarding any other proposed senior bank facility for the Borrower or its
subsidiaries. In addition, you agree that no other agents, co-agents, arrangers
or book managers will be appointed, no other titles will be awarded and no
compensation (other than to Wachovia and Wachovia Securities or as expressly
contemplated by the Term Sheet or the Fee Letter) will be paid in connection
with the Proposed Facility unless agreed by Wachovia Securities.

      The commitments of Wachovia and Wachovia Securities hereunder are based
upon the financial and other information regarding the Borrower and its
subsidiaries previously provided to us. Accordingly, the commitments hereunder
are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent in
a manner reasonably acceptable to us:

      (i) each of the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Term
Sheet;

      (ii) the absence of a material breach of any representation, warranty or
agreement of the Borrower set forth herein;

      (iii) no change, occurrence or development that could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities
(actual or contingent), operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or
prospects of the Borrower and its subsidiaries taken as a whole shall have
occurred or become known to us;

      (iv) the information concerning the Borrower and its subsidiaries and the
initial public offering of the Borrower's common equity securities (the "IPO")
shall not, in our reasonable judgment, differ in any material adverse manner
from the information and other matters previously disclosed to us prior to date
hereof;

      (v) the completion, to our satisfaction, of all legal, tax, business and
other due diligence with respect to the business, assets, liabilities,
operations, condition (financial or otherwise) and prospects of the Borrower and
its subsidiaries and the IPO in scope and determination reasonably satisfactory
to us;

      (vi) material compliance with all applicable laws and regulations by the
Borrower and its subsidiaries (including compliance of this Commitment Letter
and the transactions described herein with all applicable federal banking laws,
rules and regulations);

      (vii) our satisfaction that, prior to and during the primary syndication
of the Facility, there shall be no competing offering, placement or arrangement
of any debt securities or bank financing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any
of its subsidiaries except with the prior written consent of Wachovia and
Wachovia Securities;



Blackbaud, Inc.
Page 3

      (viii) the negotiation, execution and delivery of definitive documentation
for the Facility consistent with the Term Sheet and otherwise reasonably
satisfactory to us;

      (ix) there not having occurred any material disruption or adverse change
in the financial, banking or capital markets that could, in our reasonable
judgment, impair the syndication of the Facility or the IPO; and

      (x) Wachovia Securities shall have received commitments (including the
commitment of Wachovia) equaling or exceeding the aggregate amount of the
Facility.

      You agree to actively assist Wachovia Securities (including, if
applicable, after the closing of the Facility) in achieving a syndication of the
Facility that is satisfactory to Wachovia Securities and you. Such syndication
may be accomplished by a variety of means, including direct contact during the
syndication between senior management and advisors of the Borrower and its
subsidiaries, and the proposed Lenders. To assist Wachovia Securities in the
syndication efforts you hereby agree (i) to provide and cause your advisors to
provide Wachovia Securities and the proposed Lenders upon our reasonable request
with all information deemed reasonably necessary by Wachovia Securities to
complete the syndication, including, but not limited to, information and
evaluations prepared by you and any of your subsidiaries and their advisors, or
on their behalf, relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) to
assist Wachovia Securities upon its reasonable request in the preparation of an
information memorandum to be used in connection with the syndication of the
Facility, (iii) to use your commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the
syndication efforts benefit materially from your existing lending and investment
banking relationships, and (iv) to otherwise assist Wachovia Securities in its
syndication efforts, including making officers and advisors of the Borrower and
its subsidiaries available from time to time, with reasonable prior notice, to
attend and make presentations regarding the business and prospects of the
Borrower and its subsidiaries, as appropriate, at a meeting or meetings of
Lenders or prospective Lenders.

      You agree to afford Wachovia and its affiliates an opportunity to offer
proposals, on a non-exclusive basis, to provide, arrange, underwrite or
administer (i) any interest rate caps, currency swaps or other hedging
transactions to be entered into by you or any of your subsidiaries or
affiliates, (ii) any cash management, funds transfer, trade, corporate trust and
securities services to be obtained by you or any of your subsidiaries or
affiliates and (iii) any public or private debt or equity instruments or
securities to be issued by you or any of your subsidiaries or affiliates.

      You hereby represent, warrant and covenant that (i) all information, other
than Projections (as defined below), which has been or is hereafter made
available to Wachovia, Wachovia Securities or the Lenders by you or any of your
representatives in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby
("Information") is and will be complete and correct in all material respects as
of the date made available to Wachovia, Wachovia Securities or the Lenders and
does not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not
materially misleading and (ii) all financial projections concerning the Borrower
and its subsidiaries that have been or are hereafter made available to Wachovia,
Wachovia Securities or the Lenders by you or any of your representatives (the



Blackbaud, Inc.
Page 4

"Projections") have been or will be prepared in good faith based upon reasonable
assumptions. You agree to furnish to us such Information and Projections as we
may reasonably request and to supplement the Information and the Projections
from time to time until the closing date of the Facility so that the
representation, warranty and covenant in the preceding sentence is correct on
the closing date of the Facility. In arranging and syndicating the Facility,
Wachovia and Wachovia Securities will be using and relying on the Information
and the Projections without responsibility for independent verification thereof.

      By executing this Commitment Letter, you agree, from time to time on
demand, to (i) pay the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of
Kennedy Covington Lobdell & Hickman, L.L.P., as counsel to Wachovia and Wachovia
Securities and (ii) pay or reimburse Wachovia and Wachovia Securities for all
reasonable out-of-pocket fees, syndication expenses and other expenses, in each
case incurred before or after the date hereof in connection with the Facility
and the other transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to,
the preparation and execution of the Commitment Letter, the Term Sheet, the Fee
Letter and the definitive documentation for the Facility and future
administration of the definitive documentation for the Facility).

      By executing this Commitment Letter, you further agree to indemnify and
hold harmless Wachovia, Wachovia Securities, each other Lender and each
director, officer, employee, attorney, advisor, agent and affiliate of Wachovia,
Wachovia Securities and each other Lender (each such person or entity referred
to hereafter in this paragraph as an "Indemnified Person") from any losses,
claims, costs, damages, expenses or liabilities (or actions, suits or
proceedings, including any inquiry or investigation, with respect thereto) to
which any Indemnified Person may become subject, insofar as such losses, claims,
costs, damages, expenses or liabilities (or actions, suits, or proceedings,
including any inquiry or investigation, with respect thereto) arise out of, in
any way relate to, or result from, this Commitment Letter, the Term Sheet, the
Fee Letter, the Facility, reports or other information provided to any
Indemnified Person or contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the
other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and to reimburse upon demand
each Indemnified Person for any and all reasonable legal and other expenses
incurred in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending any
such loss, claim, cost, damage, expense or inquiry or investigation, with
respect thereto; provided, that you shall have no obligation to any Indemnified
Person under this indemnity provision for liabilities to the extent that such
liabilities are determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of
competent jurisdiction to have resulted directly from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person; provided, further that you shall
not be required to reimburse any Lender (other than Wachovia) for legal or other
fees and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and closing of the
definitive closing documentation executed and delivered at closing. The
foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be in addition to any right that an
Indemnified Person shall have at common law or otherwise. This Commitment Letter
is addressed solely to the Borrower and is not intended to confer any
obligations to or on, or benefits to or on, any third party. No Indemnified
Person shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of
Information or other materials obtained through internet, Intralinks or other
similar transmission systems in connection with the Facility. In addition, no
Indemnified Person shall be responsible or



Blackbaud, Inc.
Page 5

liable for consequential damages which may be alleged as a result of this
Commitment Letter, the Term Sheet or the Fee Letter.

      The terms of this Commitment Letter, the Fee Letter and the Term Sheet are
confidential and may not be disclosed by you in whole or in part to any third
party without the prior consent of Wachovia and Wachovia Securities, except for
disclosure on a confidential basis to your attorneys, financial advisors and
accountants, in each case in connection with your evaluation hereof and to the
extent necessary in your reasonable judgment or as may be required by law,
regulation or legal process. You acknowledge and agree that Wachovia and
Wachovia Securities may share with their respective affiliates any information
relating to the Facility, the Borrower and its subsidiaries. You further
acknowledge and agree to the disclosure by Wachovia and Wachovia Securities of
information relating to the Facility to Gold Sheets and other similar bank trade
publications, with such information to consist of deal terms and other
information customarily found in such publications. Furthermore, Wachovia and
Wachovia Securities hereby notify you that pursuant to the requirements of the
USA Patriot Act (the "Act"), each of them is required to obtain, verify and
record information that identifies you in accordance with the Act.

      The provisions of the immediately preceding three paragraphs shall remain
in full force and effect regardless of whether definitive financing
documentation shall be executed and delivered and notwithstanding the
termination of this Commitment Letter or the commitment of Wachovia or Wachovia
Securities hereunder.

      This Commitment Letter and the Term Sheet do not summarize all of the
terms, conditions, covenants, representations, warranties and other provisions
which will be contained in the definitive credit documentation for the Facility
and the transactions contemplated thereby. Wachovia and Wachovia Securities
shall have the right to require that such credit documentation include, in
addition to the provisions outlined herein and in the Term Sheet, provisions
considered customary and appropriate by Wachovia and Wachovia Securities for
this type of financing transaction, as well as provisions that Wachovia and
Wachovia Securities may deem customary and appropriate after they are afforded
the opportunity to conduct and complete, to their satisfaction, the due
diligence review described above.

      Wachovia shall have the right to review and approve any public
announcement or public filing made after the date hereof relating to any of the
transactions contemplated hereby or relating to Wachovia or any of its
affiliates, as the case may be, before any such announcement or filing is made
(such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

      Wachovia's commitment with respect to the Facility set forth above shall
terminate at 5:00 p.m. on June 3, 2004, unless this Commitment Letter and the
Fee Letter are accepted by the Borrower in writing and delivered to Wachovia
Securities prior to such time. Following acceptance by you, this Commitment
Letter shall expire at 5:00 p.m. on July 31, 2004, unless the Facility is closed
by such time.

      This Commitment Letter, together with the Term Sheet and the Fee Letter,
embodies the entire agreement and understanding between Wachovia, Wachovia
Securities and the Borrower



Blackbaud, Inc.
Page 6

with respect to the specific matters set forth above and supersedes all prior
agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. No party
has been authorized by Wachovia or Wachovia Securities to make any oral or
written statements inconsistent with this Commitment Letter.

      This Commitment Letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of North Carolina without reference to the conflicts
or choice of laws principles thereof. Each of us hereby irrevocably waives all
right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based
on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to this Commitment
Letter, the Term Sheet, the Fee Letter, the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby or the actions of Wachovia and Wachovia Securities in the negotiation,
performance or enforcement hereof and thereof.

      This Commitment Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each
of which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall
constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this
Commitment Letter by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a
manually executed counterpart hereof; provided that such facsimile transmission
shall be promptly followed by the original thereof.

      This Commitment Letter may not be amended or any provision hereof waived
or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by Wachovia, Wachovia
Securities and the Borrower.

      This Commitment Letter may not be assigned by the Borrower without the
prior written consent of Wachovia and Wachovia Securities (and any purported
assignment without such consent shall be null and void).

                            [Signature Page Follows]



Blackbaud, Inc.
Page 7

      Please indicate your acceptance of this Commitment Letter and the Term
Sheet by signing in the space provided and returning the original copy to us.
Wachovia Securities is pleased to have the opportunity to assist you in
connection with this proposed financing transaction.

                              Very truly yours,

                              WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                              By:    /s/ John D. Brady
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:  John D. Brady
                              Title: Director

                              WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

                              By:    /s/ John D. Brady
                                 -----------------------------------------------
                              Name:  John D. Brady
                              Title: Director

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THIS 4th
DAY OF JUNE, 2004:

BLACKBAUD, INC.

By:    /s/ Timothy V. Williams
   -----------------------------------------
Name:  Timothy V. Williams
Title: VP and CFO

[Commitment Letter-Blackbaud, Inc.]



[LOGO]                                                       WACHOVIA SECURITIES

                                  June 1, 2004

Blackbaud, Inc.
2000 Daniel Island Dr.
Charleston, SC 29492-7541
Attention: Timothy V. Williams
           Chief Financial Officer

      Re:   Senior Credit Facility Fee Letter

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      This letter is the fee letter (the "Fee Letter") referred to in that
certain commitment letter of even date herewith (the "Commitment Letter") from
Wachovia Bank, National Association ("Wachovia") and Wachovia Capital Markets,
LLC ("Wachovia Securities"*) to Blackbaud, Inc. (the "Borrower"), whereby
Wachovia has furnished its commitment to provide to the Borrower a portion of a
senior unsecured revolving credit facility in the aggregate principal amount of
up to $30 million (the "Facility") subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein and in the Term Sheet attached thereto. Capitalized terms used herein
without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Commitment
Letter or the Term Sheet.

      In connection with the Commitment Letter, you hereby agree with Wachovia
and Wachovia Securities as follows:

            (a)   Upfront Fee.

                  (i) As consideration for the Lenders to provide their
            commitments to the Facility, the Borrower hereby agrees to pay to
            Wachovia Securities, for the account of each of the Lenders
            (including Wachovia) on a pro rata basis in accordance with their
            final allocated commitments, upfront fees (the "Upfront Fees") in an
            aggregate amount reasonably determined by Wachovia Securities (in
            consultation with the Borrower) as required in order to successfully
            complete the syndication of the Facility. Wachovia Securities
            currently estimates the Upfront Fees to equal 0.25% of the final
            allocated commitment of each of the Lenders. The estimate of the
            Upfront Fees may be impacted by many factors including, but not
            limited to, current market conditions. Wachovia Securities agrees
            that it will not

- ----------------------------
* Wachovia Securities is the trade name under which Wachovia
Corporation conducts its investment banking, capital markets and institutional
securities business through Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Member NYSE, NASD,
SIPC, and through other bank and non-bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries of
Wachovia Corporation.



Blackbaud, Inc.
Page 2

            increase the Upfront Fees payable pursuant to this paragraph without
            your prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or
            delayed).

                  (ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the
            preceding clause (i), as consideration for Wachovia to provide its
            commitment to the Facility, the Borrower hereby agrees that the
            percentage upon which the Upfront Fee payable to Wachovia is based
            shall be equal to the highest percentage amount paid to any other
            Lender who commits to the Facility.

                  (iii) Furthermore, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
            contained in the preceding paragraph, the entire amount of the
            Upfront Fee payable to Wachovia shall be fully earned and shall be
            due and payable on the closing date of the Facility.

            (b) Administrative Agent Fee. As consideration for Wachovia to agree
      to act as Administrative Agent in connection with the Facility, the
      Borrower agrees to pay to Wachovia, for its own account and in its
      capacity as Administrative Agent, an annual administrative fee in an
      aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (i) $15,000 or (ii) $5,000 for
      each Lender under the Facility. Such fee shall be due and payable in
      advance on the closing date of the Facility and thereafter on each
      anniversary of the closing date of the Facility until the Facility has
      been terminated and all amounts owing thereunder are paid in full.
      Wachovia reserves the right to review and adjust the annual administrative
      fee, subject to your approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or
      delayed), on an annual basis and at the time a material amendment is
      requested by you, with any adjustment effective on the earlier of the date
      of any material amendment and the anniversary of the closing date of the
      Facility.

      The Borrower agrees that all of the fees set forth in this Fee Letter
shall be fully-earned upon becoming due and payable in accordance with the terms
hereof, shall be paid in immediately available funds when due and payable, shall
be non-refundable under any circumstance, and shall be in addition to any other
fee, cost or expense payable pursuant to the Facility, including, without
limitation, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, syndication expenses and
other expenses of Wachovia or Wachovia Securities (subject to the limitations
herein and in the Commitment Letter and Term Sheet). The Borrower further agrees
to pay the unused commitment fee and other fees in the amounts and at the times
set forth in the Term Sheet. In addition, all of the fees set forth in this Fee
Letter shall not be subject to counterclaim or setoff for, or be otherwise
affected by, any claim or dispute the Borrower may have. It is understood that
no Lender participating in the Facility will receive compensation from the
Borrower outside the terms contained herein, in the Commitment Letter and in the
Term Sheet in order to obtain its commitment. Wachovia and Wachovia Securities
may allocate among their affiliates any of the fees payable hereunder in their
sole discretion.

      Wachovia Securities shall be entitled, subject to your approval (which
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to change the pricing, amount,
terms, allocation or structure of the Facility, either before or after the
closing of the Facility, if Wachovia Securities determines in



Blackbaud, Inc.
Page 3

its reasonable judgment that such changes are advisable in order to ensure a
successful syndication or an optimal capital structure. The commitments of
Wachovia and Wachovia Securities under the Commitment Letter are subject to the
agreements in this paragraph. The Term Sheet shall be deemed to be amended to
reflect such changes and the syndication process shall continue. The agreements
in this paragraph shall survive the closing of the Facility.

      Except as required by applicable law, this Fee Letter and the contents
hereof shall not be disclosed by the Borrower to any third party without the
prior written consent of Wachovia and Wachovia Securities, other than as
permitted by the Commitment Letter.

      This Fee Letter, together with the Term Sheet and the Commitment Letter,
embodies the entire agreement and understanding between Wachovia, Wachovia
Securities and the Borrower with respect to the specific matters set forth above
and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject
matter hereof. No party has been authorized by Wachovia or Wachovia Securities
to make any oral or written statements inconsistent with this Fee Letter.

      This Fee Letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of North Carolina without reference to the conflicts or choice
of laws principles thereof. Each of us hereby irrevocably waives all right to
trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based on
contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to this Fee Letter, the
transactions contemplated hereby or the actions of Wachovia and Wachovia
Securities in the negotiation, performance or enforcement hereof.

      This Fee Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which shall be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall
constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Fee
Letter by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually
executed counterpart hereof; provided that such facsimile transmission shall be
promptly followed by the original thereof.

      This Fee Letter may not be amended or any provision hereof waived or
modified except by an instrument in writing signed by Wachovia, Wachovia
Securities and the Borrower.

      This Fee Letter may not be assigned by the Borrower without the prior
written consent of Wachovia and Wachovia Securities (and any purported
assignment without such consent shall be null and void).

      It is understood and agreed that this Fee Letter shall not constitute or
give rise to any obligation on the part of Wachovia or Wachovia Securities to
provide any financing; such an obligation will only arise under the Commitment
Letter, and only in accordance with the terms thereof, if accepted in accordance
with its terms.

                            [Signature Page Follows]



Blackbaud, Inc.
Page 4

      The commitments of Wachovia and Wachovia Securities as set forth in the
Commitment Letter are subject to the receipt of a signed copy of this Fee
Letter, together with a signed copy of the Commitment Letter. If the Borrower is
in agreement with the foregoing, please sign the enclosed copy of this Fee
Letter and return it to Wachovia and Wachovia Securities, together with an
executed copy of the Commitment Letter, by no later than 5:00 p.m. on June 3,
2004.

                                     Very truly yours,

                                     WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                     By:    /s/ John D. Brady
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                     Name:  John D. Brady
                                     Title: Director

                                     WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

                                     By:    /s/ John D. Brady
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                     Name:  John D. Brady
                                     Title: Director

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO THIS 4th
DAY OF JUNE, 2004:

BLACKBAUD, INC.

By:    /s/ Timothy V. Williams
   -------------------------------------
Name:  Timothy V. Williams
Title: VP and CFO

[Fee Letter-Blackbaud, Inc.]



                                 BLACKBAUD, INC.
                         SUMMARY OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                       $30,000,000 SENIOR CREDIT FACILITY
                                  JUNE 1, 2004

BORROWER:               Blackbaud, Inc. (the "Borrower").

GUARANTORS:             The Facility (as defined below) shall be irrevocably
                        and unconditionally guaranteed by all material
                        subsidiaries of the Borrower existing as of the closing
                        date of the Facility and such other material
                        subsidiaries that are subsequently acquired or organized
                        (the "Guarantors") pursuant to customary guaranty
                        agreements in form and substance satisfactory to the
                        Lenders (each a "Guaranty Agreement"). All Guaranty
                        Agreements shall be guarantees of payment and not of
                        collection.

ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT:                  Wachovia Bank, National Association ("Wachovia" or
                        the "Administrative Agent") will act as the sole and
                        exclusive administrative agent.

SOLE LEAD
ARRANGER AND
BOOK MANAGER:           Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC ("Wachovia Securities"
                        or the "Lead Arranger") will arrange and structure the
                        Facility. Wachovia Securities is the trade name under
                        which Wachovia Corporation conducts its investment
                        banking, capital markets and institutional securities
                        business through Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Member
                        NYSE, NASD, SIPC, and through other bank and non-bank
                        and broker-dealer subsidiaries of Wachovia Corporation.

LENDERS:                A syndicate of banks and other financial institutions
                        (including Wachovia) arranged by the Lead Arranger,
                        which institutions shall be reasonably acceptable to the
                        Borrower and the Administrative Agent (collectively, the
                        "Lenders").

FACILITY:               A $30,000,000 revolving credit facility (the
                        "Facility"), with a sublimit for the issuance of
                        swingline loans (each a "Swingline Loan") in an amount
                        to be mutually agreed upon and a sublimit for

                                       1


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



                        the issuance of standby letters of credit (each a
                        "Letter of Credit") in an amount to be mutually agreed
                        upon. Any Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit shall
                        reduce the available commitment under the Facility on a
                        dollar for dollar basis. Subject to the limitations
                        described herein, revolving credit loans may be repaid
                        and reborrowed.

SWINGLINE LOANS:        Swingline Loans will be made by Wachovia to the
                        Borrower on same day notice. Each of the Lenders shall
                        acquire, under certain circumstances, an irrevocable and
                        unconditional pro rata participation in each such
                        Swingline Loan.

LETTERS OF CREDIT:      Letters of Credit will be issued by Wachovia and
                        shall expire no later than the earlier of (i) one (1)
                        year after its date of issuance and (ii) the fifth (5th)
                        business day prior to the Maturity Date. Each of the
                        Lenders shall acquire, under certain circumstances, an
                        irrevocable and unconditional pro rata participation in
                        each such Letter of Credit.

MATURITY DATE:          The Facility shall terminate and all amounts
                        outstanding thereunder shall be due and payable in full
                        upon the third (3rd) anniversary of the closing date of
                        the Facility (the "Maturity Date").

PURPOSE:                The Facility shall be used (i) for general corporate
                        purposes of the Borrower and its subsidiaries,
                        including, without limitation, working capital, capital
                        expenditures in the ordinary course of business and
                        permitted acquisitions, and (ii) to pay fees and
                        expenses related to the Facility.

PRICING, FEES AND
EXPENSES:               See Addendum I.

LOANS UNDER THE
CREDIT FACILITY:        Borrowings may be requested upon three (3) business
                        days notice for LIBOR Rate Loans and same business day
                        notice for Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans. Notice
                        must be given to the Administrative Agent by 11:00 a.m.,
                        Charlotte, North Carolina time, on the day on which such
                        notice is required. The aggregate of all outstanding
                        LIBOR Rate Loans, Base Rate Loans, Swingline Loans and
                        Letters of Credit will be considered usage for purposes
                        of determining availability under the Facility.

                                       2


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



REPAYMENT:              The Facility shall be repaid in full, including any
                        unpaid interest, on the Maturity Date.

OPTIONAL
PREPAYMENTS;
COMMITMENT
REDUCTIONS:             Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans may be prepaid at
                        any time without penalty. LIBOR Rate Loans may be
                        prepaid at the end of the applicable Interest Period
                        without penalty. Prepayment of the LIBOR Rate Loans
                        prior to the end of the applicable Interest Period is
                        subject to payment of any funding losses.

                        The Borrower may at any time permanently reduce the
                        total amount of the Lenders' Commitments under the
                        Facility. Each such reduction shall be in a principal
                        amount of at least $2,500,000.

CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT
TO CLOSING:             Customary for facilities of this nature, including,
                        but not limited to, credit documentation consistent with
                        the terms herein or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to
                        the Administrative Agent; legal opinions and other
                        closing documentation consistent with the terms herein
                        or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the
                        Administrative Agent; all governmental, shareholder,
                        corporate and third party consents shall have been
                        obtained or waived; no material adverse change including
                        no material pending or threatened litigation, bankruptcy
                        or other proceeding; satisfactory review of all
                        corporate documentation and other legal due diligence;
                        completion of an initial public offering of the common
                        stock of the Borrower upon terms and conditions
                        substantially similar to those set forth in the
                        Borrower's initial Form S-1 filed May 11, 2004 or such
                        other terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable
                        to the Administrative Agent; payment in full of all
                        principal, interest and other amounts outstanding in
                        connection with the Borrower's and the Guarantors'
                        existing debt (other than debt permitted under the terms
                        of the definitive credit documentation (including,
                        without limitation, all amounts due under the Borrower's
                        existing senior secured credit facility)); and payment
                        of all fees and expenses due to the Administrative Agent
                        and the Administrative Agent's counsel.

                                       3


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



CONDITIONS
PRECEDENT TO
ALL BORROWINGS:         Customary for facilities of this nature, including,
                        but not limited to, accuracy of representations and
                        warranties and absence of defaults.

REPRESENTATIONS
AND WARRANTIES:         Customary for facilities of this nature, including,
                        but not limited to, corporate existence; corporate and
                        governmental authorization; enforceability; financial
                        information; no material adverse changes; compliance
                        with laws and agreements (including environmental laws);
                        compliance with ERISA; solvency; title to assets;
                        material contracts; no material litigation; payment of
                        taxes; financial condition; and full disclosure.

AFFIRMATIVE
COVENANTS:              Customary for facilities of this nature, including,
                        but not limited to, receipt of financial information;
                        notification of litigation, investigations, and other
                        adverse changes; payment and performance of obligations;
                        conduct of business; maintenance of existence;
                        maintenance of property and insurance (including hazard
                        and business interruption coverage); maintenance of
                        records and accounts; inspection of property and books
                        and records; compliance with laws (including
                        environmental laws); payment of taxes; and ERISA.

FINANCIAL
COVENANTS:              Financial covenants shall include, but not be limited
                        to, the following (in each case to be tested on a
                        quarterly basis):

                        (a)   Maximum Total Leverage Ratio. Total Leverage Ratio
                              (Total Debt to EBITDA) shall be less than 2.00 to
                              1.00.

                        (b)   Minimum Interest Coverage Ratio. Interest Coverage
                              Ratio (EBITDA to Interest Expense) shall be
                              greater than 5.00 to 1.00.

                        (c)   Minimum Net Worth. Net Worth shall be greater than
                              $35,000,000.

                                       4


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



                        For the purpose hereof, "EBITDA" means, for any period,
                        the sum of the following determined on a consolidated
                        basis, without duplication, for the Borrower and its
                        subsidiaries in accordance with generally accepted
                        accounting principles: (a) net income for such period
                        plus (b) the sum of the following to the extent deducted
                        in determining net income: (i) income and franchise
                        taxes, (ii) interest expense, and (iii) amortization,
                        depreciation and other non-cash charges (including
                        non-cash stock compensation charges) less (c) interest
                        income and any extraordinary gains.

                        All other definitions with respect to the capitalized
                        terms set forth above shall be customary for facilities
                        of this nature and shall be determined and calculated in
                        a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative
                        Agent and Borrower.

NEGATIVE
COVENANTS:              Customary for facilities of this nature, including,
                        but not limited to, restrictions and limitations
                        (subject to customary exceptions and baskets to be
                        mutually agreed upon) on: indebtedness; liens; guaranty
                        obligations; changes in business; mergers; sales of
                        assets; acquisitions (other than permitted acquisitions
                        as described below); loans, advances and investments;
                        transactions with affiliates; sale and leaseback
                        transactions; prepayments of or material amendments to
                        indebtedness (including, without limitation, repayment
                        of any subordinated debt); restrictive agreements;
                        dividends and repurchases of the stock of the Borrower
                        (other than permitted dividends and stock repurchases as
                        described below); distributions and other restricted
                        payments (including, without limitation, payments with
                        respect to subordinated debt); and changes in fiscal
                        year or accounting method.

PERMITTED DIVIDENDS
AND STOCK RE-
PURCHASES:              So long as (1) no default or event of default shall
                        have occurred and be continuing; (2) the Borrower is in
                        pro forma compliance with the financial covenants after
                        giving effect to any dividend payments or any
                        repurchases of stock of the Borrower and (3) the
                        Borrower will have at least $3 million of cash on hand
                        after giving effect to any dividend payments or any
                        repurchases of stock of the Borrower, the Borrower may
                        pay dividends and make stock repurchases at any time in
                        the following amounts:

                                       5


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



                        (A)   with respect to any dividends or stock repurchase
                              made on any date upon which there are no
                              outstanding loans or letters of credit under the
                              Facility, an aggregate amount of up to 100% of the
                              cash on hand as of the most recent fiscal quarter
                              end; provided that if the Borrower pays dividends
                              or makes stock repurchases in an aggregate amount
                              in excess of 70% of the cash on hand as of the
                              most recent fiscal quarter end, the availability
                              on the Facility will be reduced to $0 for a period
                              of 30 days following the date of any such dividend
                              or stock repurchase; or

                        (B)   with respect to any dividends or stock repurchase
                              made on any date upon which there are any
                              outstanding loans or letters of credit under the
                              Facility, an aggregate amount not to exceed:

                              (i)   if the Total Leverage Ratio is less than
                                    1.00 to 1.00, 35% of cash on hand as of the
                                    most recent fiscal quarter end; or

                              (ii)  if the Total Leverage Ratio is equal to or
                                    greater than 1.00 to 1.00, 25% of cash on
                                    hand as of the most recent fiscal quarter
                                    end.

PERMITTED
ACQUISITIONS:           Acquisitions shall be permitted subject to the following
                        terms and conditions:

                        (1)   No default or event of default shall have occurred
                              and be continuing both before and after giving
                              effect to such acquisition;

                        (2)   The Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with
                              the financial covenants both before and after
                              giving effect to such acquisition;

                        (3)   Each acquisition shall be in an amount not to
                              exceed $20,000,000 of cash consideration;

                        (4)   The Total Leverage Ratio, calculated on a pro
                              forma basis after giving effect to such
                              acquisition, shall be less than or equal to 1.75
                              to 1.00; and

                                       6


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



                        (5)   Other customary terms and conditions reasonably
                              required by the Administrative Agent.

EVENTS OF
DEFAULT:                Customary events of default (and cure periods) for
                        facilities of this nature, including, but not limited
                        to: failure to pay any interest, principal or fees under
                        the Facility when due; failure to perform any covenant
                        or agreement; inaccurate or false representation or
                        warranties; cross defaults (including cross-defaults to
                        defaults under material contracts); actual or asserted
                        invalidity (by the Borrower or any other loan party) of
                        any guaranty in favor of the Administrative Agent and
                        the Lenders; insolvency or bankruptcy; ERISA; judgment
                        defaults; change in control; and any other events of
                        default deemed reasonably necessary by the
                        Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the context of
                        the proposed transaction.

ASSIGNMENTS &
PARTICIPATIONS:         Each Lender will, subject in certain circumstances to
                        the approval of the Administrative Agent and/or the
                        Borrower (such consents not to be unreasonably withheld
                        or delayed), be permitted to make assignments in
                        acceptable minimum amounts. Participations shall be
                        permitted in acceptable minimum amounts.

REQUIRED LENDERS:       On any date of determination, those Lenders who
                        collectively hold at least 66 2/3% of the Facility, or
                        if the Facility has been terminated, those Lenders who
                        collectively hold at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate
                        outstandings.

WAIVERS AND
AMENDMENTS:             Amendments and waivers of the provisions of the credit
                        agreement and other definitive credit documentation will
                        require the approval of the Borrower and the Required
                        Lenders, except that the consent of all the Lenders
                        affected thereby shall be required with respect to (i)
                        increases in the commitment of such Lenders, (ii)
                        reductions of principal, interest or fees (other than
                        the permitted reductions described herein), (iii)
                        extensions of scheduled maturities or times for payment,
                        and (iv) releases of guarantees of the Facility, if any.

INDEMNIFICATION:        Consistent with customary practice for transactions of
                        this nature, the Borrower shall indemnify the
                        Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their
                        respective affiliates from and against all losses,
                        liabilities, claims, damages or expenses arising out of
                        or relating to the Facility, the Borrower's use of the
                        loan proceeds or the commitments, including, but not
                        limited to, reasonable attorney's

                                       7


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



                        fees and settlement costs; provided, that the Borrower
                        shall not be required to reimburse any lender (other
                        than the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger) for
                        legal or other fees and expenses incurred in connection
                        with the negotiation and closing of the definitive
                        closing documentation executed and delivered at closing.
                        This indemnification shall survive and continue for the
                        benefit of the indemnitees at all times after the
                        Borrower's acceptance of the Lenders' commitments for
                        the Facility, notwithstanding any failure of the
                        Facility to close.

WAIVER OF JURY
TRIAL, GOVERNING
LAW:                    Waiver of jury trial, submission to jurisdiction in
                        Charlotte, North Carolina and mandatory binding
                        arbitration in Charlotte, North Carolina; North Carolina
                        law (without reference to choice of law provisions) to
                        govern.

PATRIOT ACT:            To help fight the funding of terrorism and money
                        laundering activities, Federal Law requires all
                        financial institutions to obtain, verify and record
                        information that identifies each person or corporation
                        who opens an account and/or enters into a business
                        relationship with such financial institution.

COUNSEL TO
LEAD ARRANGER AND
ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT:                  Kennedy Covington Lobdell & Hickman, L.L.P.

MISCELLANEOUS:          This summary of terms and conditions does not purport to
                        summarize all the conditions, covenants,
                        representations, warranties and other provisions which
                        would be contained in definitive credit documentation
                        for the Facility contemplated hereby.

                                       8


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



                                   ADDENDUM I

                           PRICING, FEES AND EXPENSES

INTEREST RATE
OPTIONS:                The Borrower's option of:

                        (1)   The Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate
                              Margin, as set forth in the pricing grid attached
                              hereto as Exhibit A. The initial Applicable Base
                              Rate Margin will be 0.50%. Loans bearing interest
                              at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate
                              Margin ("Base Rate Loans") shall be for a minimum
                              amount of $2,500,000 and $1,000,000 increments in
                              excess thereof.

                              The Base Rate means the greater of (i) the
                              Administrative Agent's Prime Rate or (ii) the
                              overnight federal funds rate plus 0.50%. The
                              Prime Rate is an index or base rate and shall
                              not necessarily be its lowest or best rate
                              charged to its customers or other banks.

                              Swingline Loans shall be maintained solely at
                              the Base Rate plus the Applicable Base Rate
                              Margin and may be borrowed in minimum increments
                              of $100,000.

                        (2)   The LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable LIBOR Rate
                              Margin as set forth in the pricing grid attached
                              hereto as Exhibit A. The initial Applicable LIBOR
                              Rate Margin will be 1.50%. Loans bearing interest
                              at the LIBOR Rate plus the Applicable LIBOR Margin
                              ("LIBOR Rate Loans") shall be for a minimum amount
                              of $5,000,000 and $1,000,000 increments in excess
                              thereof.

                              The LIBOR Rate shall mean reserve adjusted LIBOR
                              as set forth on Telerate Page 3750 or as
                              determined by the Administrative Agent if such
                              information is not available. The LIBOR Rate
                              Option is available for Interest Periods of one
                              (1), two (2), three (3), or six (6) months. No
                              more than five (5) Interest Periods may be in
                              effect at any time.

                              LIBOR Rate interest and all fees shall be
                              calculated on a 360 day basis, while Base Rate
                              interest shall be calculated on a 365/366 day
                              basis.

                                       9


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



INTEREST
PAYMENTS:               Interest on Base Rate Loans will be due and payable
                        quarterly in arrears. Interest on LIBOR Rate Loans will
                        be due and payable at the end of each applicable
                        Interest Period or, in the case of a six (6) month LIBOR
                        Rate Loan, every three (3) months.

DEFAULT RATE
INTEREST:               Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any
                        payment event of default or, at the option of the
                        Administrative Agent, upon the occurrence and during the
                        continuance of any other event of default, (i) the
                        Borrower shall no longer have the option to request
                        LIBOR Rate Loans or Swingline Loans, (ii) all amounts
                        due and payable with respect to LIBOR Rate Loans shall
                        bear interest at a rate per annum of two percent (2%) in
                        excess of the rate then applicable to such LIBOR Rate
                        Loans until the end of the applicable Interest Period
                        and thereafter at a rate equal to two percent (2%) in
                        excess of the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans
                        and (iii) all amounts due and payable with respect to
                        Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans shall bear interest
                        at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess
                        of the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans.

COMMITMENT AND
OTHER FEES:             Commitment Fee:  The Borrower shall pay a Commitment
                        Fee on a per annum basis, at a rate per annum of 0.30%,
                        on the average daily unused portion of the Facility. The
                        Commitment Fee shall be payable quarterly in arrears.

                        Upfront Fees: As set forth in the accompanying Fee
                        Letter.

                        Administrative Agent's and Other Fees: As set forth in
                        the accompanying Fee Letter.

LETTER OF CREDIT
FEES:                   Issuance Fee.  An amount equal to the Applicable LIBOR
                        Rate Margin on a per annum basis multiplied by the face
                        amount of each Letter of Credit, payable to the
                        Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders,
                        quarterly in arrears.

                                       10


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



                        Fronting Fee: An amount equal to 0.250% per annum
                        multiplied by the face amount of each Letter of Credit,
                        payable to the Administrative Agent (as Issuing Lender),
                        for its own account, quarterly in arrears.

                        Other Fees. All normal and customary costs and expenses
                        of the Administrative Agent (as Issuing Lender) in
                        connection with the issuance, transfer or other
                        administration of the Letters of Credit shall be for the
                        account of the Borrower.

EXPENSES:               The Borrower shall be responsible for all reasonable
                        legal and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the
                        Administrative Agent and Lead Arranger related to due
                        diligence performed by the Administrative Agent and Lead
                        Arranger in connection with the transaction, the
                        execution of the loan documentation, and future
                        administration of the definitive credit documentation.

INCREASED COSTS/
CHANGE OF
CIRCUMSTANCES:          Provisions customary in facilities of this type
                        protecting the Lenders in the event of unavailability of
                        funding, illegality, capital adequacy requirements,
                        increased costs, withholding taxes and funding losses.

                                       11


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL



                                    EXHIBIT A
                                  Pricing Grid



                                       Applicable Base Rate      Applicable LIBOR Rate
Level           Leverage Ratio                Margin                     Margin
- -----       ----------------------     --------------------      ---------------------
                                                        
  I              Greater than                  1.00%                     2.00%
                 1.00 to 1.00

  II        Less than or equal to              0.50%                     1.50%
                 1.00 to 1.00


The Applicable Base Rate Margin and the Applicable LIBOR Rate Margin shall be
based on Level II of the pricing grid set forth above until the first
calculation date following the receipt by the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders of the financial information and related compliance certificate for the
fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2004.

                                       12


WACHOVIA SECURITIES                                        STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL

                                                                    Exhibit 23.1

            Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our
report dated February 20, 2004 relating to the financial statements of
Blackbaud, Inc., which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to
the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement.


/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Raleigh, North Carolina
June 16, 2004